[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2025105304A1 - Coating-type film-forming agent, kit including said forming agent, and method of using said forming agent - Google Patents

Coating-type film-forming agent, kit including said forming agent, and method of using said forming agent Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2025105304A1
WO2025105304A1 PCT/JP2024/039815 JP2024039815W WO2025105304A1 WO 2025105304 A1 WO2025105304 A1 WO 2025105304A1 JP 2024039815 W JP2024039815 W JP 2024039815W WO 2025105304 A1 WO2025105304 A1 WO 2025105304A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
agent
mass
less
forming agent
film
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Pending
Application number
PCT/JP2024/039815
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
めぐみ 廣石
慧 氏本
僚太 齋能
哲男 海老原
ひかる 西島
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Shiseido Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Shiseido Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Shiseido Co Ltd filed Critical Shiseido Co Ltd
Publication of WO2025105304A1 publication Critical patent/WO2025105304A1/en
Pending legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K8/00Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations
    • A61K8/02Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by special physical form
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K8/00Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations
    • A61K8/18Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition
    • A61K8/72Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition containing organic macromolecular compounds
    • A61K8/84Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition containing organic macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions otherwise than those involving only carbon-carbon unsaturated bonds
    • A61K8/89Polysiloxanes
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K8/00Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations
    • A61K8/18Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition
    • A61K8/72Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition containing organic macromolecular compounds
    • A61K8/84Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition containing organic macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions otherwise than those involving only carbon-carbon unsaturated bonds
    • A61K8/89Polysiloxanes
    • A61K8/895Polysiloxanes containing silicon bound to unsaturated aliphatic groups, e.g. vinyl dimethicone
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61LMETHODS OR APPARATUS FOR STERILISING MATERIALS OR OBJECTS IN GENERAL; DISINFECTION, STERILISATION OR DEODORISATION OF AIR; CHEMICAL ASPECTS OF BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES; MATERIALS FOR BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES
    • A61L15/00Chemical aspects of, or use of materials for, bandages, dressings or absorbent pads
    • A61L15/16Bandages, dressings or absorbent pads for physiological fluids such as urine or blood, e.g. sanitary towels, tampons
    • A61L15/22Bandages, dressings or absorbent pads for physiological fluids such as urine or blood, e.g. sanitary towels, tampons containing macromolecular materials
    • A61L15/26Macromolecular compounds obtained otherwise than by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds; Derivatives thereof
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61QSPECIFIC USE OF COSMETICS OR SIMILAR TOILETRY PREPARATIONS
    • A61Q1/00Make-up preparations; Body powders; Preparations for removing make-up
    • A61Q1/02Preparations containing skin colorants, e.g. pigments
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61QSPECIFIC USE OF COSMETICS OR SIMILAR TOILETRY PREPARATIONS
    • A61Q19/00Preparations for care of the skin

Definitions

  • This disclosure relates to a coating-type film-forming agent, a kit containing the agent, and a method for using the agent.
  • Patent document 1 discloses a composition for in situ formation of a layer on the skin surface of a subject, the composition comprising one or more crosslinkable polymers, and an artificial skin comprising a layer formed from the composition.
  • Patent Document 2 discloses a cosmetic for correcting pores, which contains 1) a gel structure formed by crosslinked dimethicone and cyclomethicone, 2) 1 to 10 mass% water, 3) 15 to 40 mass% silica, 4) 1 to 10 mass% titanium dioxide-coated spherical powder, and 5) 0.5 to 5 mass% sericite, the surface of which may be coated with other metal oxides.
  • Patent Document 3 Patent Document 4, and Patent Document 5 disclose a film-forming agent that includes a first agent that contains a cross-linking reactive component and water, and a second agent that contains a cross-linking component for cross-linking the cross-linking reactive component. These documents also disclose that the film-forming agent can contain various powders.
  • a paint-type film-forming agent can be provided that has an excellent effect of correcting recess defects such as pores and is capable of forming a film that provides a natural finish.
  • the dispersibility of the powder in the film-forming agent or cosmetic may decrease.
  • a paint-type film-forming agent or cosmetic containing an unsaturated organopolysiloxane can be provided that can improve the dispersibility of powders.
  • a coating-type film-forming agent comprising a first agent containing a crosslinkable reactive component that constitutes a coating, and a second agent containing a catalyst that crosslinks the crosslinkable reactive component,
  • the first agent and/or the second agent contains 0.01% by mass or more and less than 1.5% by mass of pigment-grade particles having a refractive index of 2.0 or more.
  • the first agent comprises at least one selected from the group consisting of a first unsaturated organopolysiloxane and a first hydride-functionalized polysiloxane;
  • the second agent contains the second hydride-functionalized polysiloxane;
  • the second agent contains the second unsaturated organopolysiloxane;
  • Aspect 3 The forming agent of claim 1 or 2, wherein the pigment-grade particles comprise at least one selected from the group consisting of titanium oxide, iron oxide, magnesium oxide, zinc oxide, calcium oxide, calcium phosphate, calcium carbonate, aluminum oxide, aluminum hydroxide, barium sulfate, pearlescent pigments, and talc.
  • the pigment-grade particles comprise at least one selected from the group consisting of titanium oxide, iron oxide, magnesium oxide, zinc oxide, calcium oxide, calcium phosphate, calcium carbonate, aluminum oxide, aluminum hydroxide, barium sulfate, pearlescent pigments, and talc.
  • the pigment-grade particles have an average particle size of 100 nm or more.
  • the first and second agents comprise the pigment-grade particles.
  • Aspect 6 A forming agent according to any one of the preceding aspects, wherein the first agent comprises hydrophobized inorganic oxide particles.
  • Aspect 7 The forming agent according to aspect 6, wherein the hydrophobized inorganic oxide particles are particles that have been hydrophobized by at least one treatment selected from the group consisting of dimethylsilylation and trimethylsilylation, and the inorganic oxide constituting the particles is at least one treatment selected from the group consisting of silicon oxide, titanium oxide, and zinc oxide.
  • the viscosity of the first agent is 10,000 mPa ⁇ s or more.
  • ⁇ Aspect 9> The forming agent according to any one of aspects 2 to 8, wherein the first unsaturated organopolysiloxane and the second unsaturated organopolysiloxane are at least one selected from the group consisting of organopolysiloxanes having vinyl groups, vinyl-terminated organopolysiloxanes, and vinylated branched organopolysiloxanes.
  • Aspect 10 A forming agent according to any one of aspects 2 to 9, wherein the first hydride-functionalized polysiloxane and the second hydride-functionalized polysiloxane are non-terminally and/or terminally hydrogenated organopolysiloxanes.
  • the second agent is applied to the body surface to form a second agent layer, and then the first agent is applied on the second agent layer and crosslinked to form a film having a thickness of 50 ⁇ m or more; or After preparing a mixture by mixing the first agent and the second agent, the mixture is applied to a body surface to be crosslinked, thereby forming a film having a thickness of 50 ⁇ m or more.
  • FIG. 1( a ) is a diagram illustrating the results of a simulation of a portion simulating a pore with a maximum depth of about 100 ⁇ m and a diameter of about 250 ⁇ m, and a mechanism by which a shadow is generated in the pore.
  • FIG. 1( b ) is a diagram illustrating the results of a simulation of a portion simulating a pore in which a film with a maximum thickness of about 40 ⁇ m is applied, and a mechanism by which a shadow is generated in the pore.
  • FIG. 1( a ) is a diagram illustrating the results of a simulation of a portion simulating a pore with a maximum depth of about 100 ⁇ m and a diameter of about 250 ⁇ m, and a mechanism by which a shadow is generated in the pore.
  • FIG. 1( b ) is a diagram illustrating the results of a simulation of a portion simulating a pore in which a film with a maximum thickness of about 40
  • FIG. 1( c ) is a diagram illustrating the results of a simulation of a portion simulating a pore in which a film with a maximum thickness of about 70 ⁇ m is applied, and a mechanism by which the shadow of the pore is reduced.
  • FIG. 2( a ) is a schematic diagram of a configuration including a powder and an unsaturated organopolysiloxane when no silicone-based surfactant is used
  • FIG. 2( b ) is a schematic diagram of a configuration including a silicone-based surfactant, a powder, and an unsaturated organopolysiloxane.
  • FIG. 1( c ) is a diagram illustrating the results of a simulation of a portion simulating a pore in which a film with a maximum thickness of about 70 ⁇ m is applied, and a mechanism by which the shadow of the pore is reduced.
  • FIG. 2( a ) is a schematic diagram of a configuration including a powder and an unsatur
  • FIG. 3(a) is a photograph of a configuration containing a powder and an unsaturated organopolysiloxane when no silicone-based surfactant was used (Reference Comparative Example 2)
  • FIG. 3(b) is a photograph of a configuration containing a silicone-based surfactant, a powder, and an unsaturated organopolysiloxane (Reference Example 1).
  • FIG. 4 (left) is a photograph showing the coating color of a composition containing a powder and an unsaturated organopolysiloxane when no silicone-based surfactant was used in the second agent in Table 5
  • FIG. 4 (right) is a photograph showing the coating color of a composition containing a silicone-based surfactant, a powder, and an unsaturated organopolysiloxane (second agent in Table 5).
  • the coating-type film-forming agent includes a first agent containing a cross-linking reactive component that constitutes a film, and a second agent containing a catalyst that cross-links the cross-linking reactive component, and the first agent and/or the second agent contains 0.01% by mass or more and less than 1.5% by mass of pigment-grade particles having a refractive index of 2.0 or more.
  • the principle of action of the applied film-forming agent disclosed herein is believed to be as follows, which has an excellent effect of correcting defects in recesses such as pores and is capable of forming a film that provides a natural finish.
  • At least one of the first and second agents that can constitute the coating agent contains 0.01% by mass or more and less than 1.5% by mass of pigment-class particles having a refractive index of 2.0 or more.
  • coating agent containing pigment-class particles with such a high refractive index can be applied thicker to fill pores and other defects than general cosmetics, as shown in FIG. 1(c), and therefore can exhibit an excellent correction effect on defects in recesses even when the amount of pigment-class particles is low. It is believed that this effect is exhibited by the high refractive index pigment-class particles being arranged so that they can reflect light approximately specularly in the coating that fills the recesses.
  • the amount of pigment-class particles in the coating is relatively small, and the coating applied to the skin, etc. is crosslinked, and the coating is less likely to break down like conventional cosmetics, so that the formed coating has a natural finish.
  • the recessed defect (pore) part is white, but this is to make the position and shadow of the recessed defect easier to see. In an actual film, if the color of the film is adjusted using a coloring material, the white part can be made less noticeable.
  • the pigment-class particles become fluid due to the effects of body temperature, etc., and as a result, they are not fixed in the layer formed by the cosmetic and may migrate to the depths of the depression defect over time. Therefore, even if a cosmetic contains a low concentration of high refractive index pigment-class particles and can be applied thickly, it is thought that such a cosmetic would not be able to fully correct the depression defect or provide a natural finish.
  • the film produced by the application-type film-forming agent is a film having a crosslinked structure formed by a first agent containing a crosslinkable reactive component that constitutes the film, and a second agent containing a catalyst that crosslinks the crosslinkable reactive component.
  • the pigment-class particles contained in the film are fixed in a uniformly dispersed state within the film, and it is believed that this can more effectively correct recess defects and provide a more natural finish than the conventional cosmetics described above.
  • conventional cosmetics having pore correction capabilities have also had the problem that the cosmetics applied to the skin tend to peel off due to sweat or rubbing.
  • the applied-type film-forming agent of the present disclosure can be applied to the skin to crosslink and form a film, and the resulting crosslinked film has superior resistance to peeling off due to rubbing, etc., compared to films obtained by applying conventional cosmetics to the skin. Therefore, it is believed that the applied-type film-forming agent according to one embodiment of the present disclosure can also contribute to solving the problem of conventional cosmetics peeling off.
  • the film formed by the application-type film-forming agent according to one embodiment of the present disclosure has a cross-linked structure, and therefore has superior film strength compared to films that do not have a cross-linked structure.
  • this film has the advantage of being easily peelable from the skin.
  • viscosity refers to a measure of the resistance of a fluid to being deformed by either shear or tensile stress.
  • the viscosity of the first and second parts of a paint-on film former affects the thickness, spreadability, and uniformity and/or uniformity of the layer formed on a substrate.
  • Viscosity can be reported as either dynamic viscosity (also known as absolute viscosity, typical units are Pa ⁇ s, poise, P, cP) or kinematic viscosity (typical units are cm 2 /s, stokes, St, cst), which is the dynamic viscosity divided by the density of the measured fluid.
  • the viscosity ranges of the components disclosed herein are generally provided by the suppliers of each component in units of kinematic viscosity (e.g., cst) measured using a rheometer or a Cannon-Fenske tube viscometer, although the viscosity of a fluid can also be measured using, for example, a rheometer (e.g., a linear shear rheometer or a dynamic shear rheometer) or a viscometer (a viscometric meter, also called a capillary viscometer or a rotational viscometer).
  • a rheometer e.g., a linear shear rheometer or a dynamic shear rheometer
  • a viscometer a viscometric meter, also called a capillary viscometer or a rotational viscometer.
  • crosslinking also includes the concept commonly referred to as “curing.”
  • target area refers to the area in which correction of the recess defect is desired to occur.
  • concave defects refers to concave defects in the body (e.g., pores, skin grooves, wrinkles, scars, etc.).
  • concave defects in the body can mean, for example, concave parts of the body that are of concern to the subject, or concave parts of the body that the subject feels would like to fix, or concave parts of the body of the subject that a person skilled in the art, for example, a dermatologist, esthetician, or plastic surgeon, believes should be fixed.
  • the maximum depth of the concave from the skin surface can be, for example, 50 ⁇ m or more, 80 ⁇ m or more, 100 ⁇ m or more, 150 ⁇ m or more, or 200 ⁇ m or more.
  • There is no particular upper limit to this maximum depth and it can be, for example, 2 mm or less, 1.5 mm or less, 1 mm or less, 800 ⁇ m or less, 500 ⁇ m or less, or 300 ⁇ m or less.
  • pigment-grade is intended to mean a size that can function as a pigment.
  • Pigment-grade particles can be distinguished from particles other than pigment-grade particles, for example, by their size.
  • the size of pigment-grade particles can be defined by the average particle size calculated by static light scattering, and such a size can be, for example, 100 nm or more, 150 nm or more, 200 nm or more, 250 nm or more, 300 nm or more, 350 nm or more, or 400 nm or more, and can be 800 nm or less, 700 nm or less, 600 nm or less, 500 nm or less, 400 nm or less, or 300 nm or less.
  • titanium dioxide particles with an average particle size of 300 nm can be treated as pigment-grade particles, and titanium dioxide particles with an average particle size of 80 nm can be treated as ultraviolet scattering particles, etc.
  • the paint-on film-forming agent (sometimes simply referred to as a "former”) includes, for example, a first agent containing a crosslinking reactive component that constitutes a film, and a second agent containing a catalyst that crosslinks the crosslinking reactive component. At least one of the first agent and the second agent contains 0.01% by mass or more and less than 1.5% by mass of pigment-grade particles having a refractive index of 2.0 or more. According to one embodiment of the present disclosure, the paint-on film-forming agent has an excellent correction effect on recess defects such as pores, and therefore can be suitably used for recess defects in the skin, particularly for pore correction.
  • the application performance of the paint-on film-forming agent can be evaluated by viscosity using a Brookfield viscometer (Shibaura Systems Co., Ltd., Vismetron).
  • the viscosity of the first and second agents immediately after preparation in the paint-on film-forming agent according to one embodiment of the present disclosure measured under conditions of 25°C and 60 rpm (rotor No. 3 or No.
  • 4 is, for example, 100 mPa ⁇ s or more, 500 mPa ⁇ s or more, 1,000 mPa ⁇ s or more, 2,000 mPa ⁇ s or more, 5,000 mPa ⁇ s or more, 7,500 mPa ⁇ s or more, 10,000 mPa ⁇ s or more, or 15,000 mPa ⁇ s or more.
  • the viscosity can be 1,000,000 mPa ⁇ s or more, and can be 1,000,000 mPa ⁇ s or less, 750,000 mPa ⁇ s or less, 500,000 mPa ⁇ s or less, 250,000 mPa ⁇ s or less, 200,000 mPa ⁇ s or less, 175,000 mPa ⁇ s or less, 150,000 mPa ⁇ s or less, 125,000 mPa ⁇ s or less, 100,000 mPa ⁇ s or less, or 80,000 mPa ⁇ s or less.
  • the first and second agents of the application-type film-forming agent preferably have a viscosity of 20,000 mPa ⁇ s or less, 15,000 mPa ⁇ s or less, or 10,000 mPa ⁇ s or less immediately after preparation, and preferably have a viscosity of 3,000 mPa ⁇ s or more, 5,000 mPa ⁇ s or more, or 7,000 mPa ⁇ s or more.
  • At least one of the first and second agents in the application-type film-forming agent, preferably the first agent preferably has a viscosity of 10,000 mPa ⁇ s or more, 11,000 mPa ⁇ s or more, or 12,000 mPa ⁇ s or more immediately after preparation.
  • the viscosity there is no particular upper limit to the viscosity, and it can be, for example, 100,000 mPa ⁇ s or less, 80,000 mPa ⁇ s or less, 50,000 mPa ⁇ s or less, or 30,000 mPa ⁇ s or less.
  • the viscosity of the first and second agents in the paint-on film-forming agent according to one embodiment of the present disclosure after two weeks, measured at 25°C and 60 rpm (rotor No. 3), is preferably 50,000 mPa ⁇ s or less, 30,000 mPa ⁇ s or less, or 15,000 mPa ⁇ s or less, and is preferably 5,000 mPa ⁇ s or more, 7,000 mPa ⁇ s or more, or 10,000 mPa ⁇ s or more, from the viewpoints of smooth application performance and suppression of dripping from the target area.
  • the paint-type film-forming agent (sometimes simply referred to as a "forming agent”) includes, for example, a powder as described below.
  • the powder may be included in the first agent, may be included in the second agent, or may be included in the first agent and the second agent.
  • the powder may include pigment-grade particles (sometimes simply referred to as "pigment-grade particles") having a refractive index of 2.0 or greater.
  • the powder may include particles different from the pigment-grade particles.
  • the coating-type film-forming agent may contain an unsaturated organopolysiloxane.
  • the unsaturated organopolysiloxane and the powder are contained in the same system (e.g., the first or second agent)
  • the system containing the unsaturated organopolysiloxane and the powder may further contain a silicone-based surfactant. This can improve the dispersibility of the powder.
  • the paint-type film-forming agent includes a first agent that includes a crosslinking reactive component that forms a film.
  • the first agent may contain the above-mentioned pigment-class particles (sometimes simply referred to as "pigment-class particles") having a refractive index of 2.0 or greater.
  • the first agent contains cross-linking reactive components that form a film, and can form a final film. Therefore, when the first agent contains such pigment-class particles, the effect of correcting recess defects and the natural finish performance can be further improved.
  • the refractive index of the pigment-grade particles is preferably 2.0 or more, 2.1 or more, 2.2 or more, 2.3 or more, or 2.4 or more, and is preferably 3.0 or less, 2.9 or less, or 2.8 or less.
  • the refractive index of the pigment-grade particles can be determined, for example, in accordance with JIS K 0062:1992.
  • the amount of the pigment-class particles is preferably 0.01% by mass or more, or 0.02% by mass or more, and more preferably 0.03% by mass or more, 0.04% by mass or more, or 0.05% by mass or more, based on the entire first agent, from the viewpoint of the effect of correcting recess defects and natural finish performance, and is preferably less than 1.5% by mass, 1.3% by mass or less, 1.0% by mass or less, 0.8% by mass or less, 0.5% by mass or less, 0.3% by mass or less, 0.1% by mass or less, 0.09% by mass or less, 0.08% by mass or less, or 0.07% by mass or less.
  • pigment-grade particles there are no particular limitations on the pigment-grade particles as long as they have a refractive index of 2.0 or more.
  • pigment-grade particles include at least one selected from the group consisting of titanium oxide particles, iron oxide particles, magnesium oxide particles, zinc oxide particles, calcium oxide particles, calcium phosphate particles, calcium carbonate particles, aluminum oxide particles, aluminum hydroxide particles, barium sulfate particles, pearlescent pigments, and talc.
  • titanium oxide particles are preferred from the viewpoint of the effect of correcting recess defects and natural finish performance.
  • the pigment-grade particles can be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds.
  • pearlescent pigment refers to particles that exhibit luster.
  • Pearlescent pigments typically have a flat, flake-like or scaly morphology.
  • examples of pearlescent pigments include titanium mica, iron oxide-coated titanium mica, carmine-coated titanium mica, carmine- and malt-coated titanium mica, iron oxide- and carmine-treated titanium mica, malt-coated titanium mica, iron oxide- and malt-coated titanium mica, chromium oxide-treated titanium mica, black titanium oxide-treated titanium mica, acrylic resin-coated aluminum powder, silica-coated aluminum powder, titanium oxide-coated mica, titanium oxide-coated bismuth oxychloride, titanium oxide-coated talc, colored titanium oxide-coated mica, titanium oxide-coated synthetic mica, titanium oxide-coated silica, titanium oxide-coated alumina, titanium oxide-coated glass powder, polyethylene terephthalate-polymethyl methacrylate laminated film powder, bismuth oxychloride, fish scale foil
  • Colorless pearlescent pigments can also be used as pearlescent pigments.
  • pearlescent pigments can be known as transparent pearlescent pigments (transparent lustrous pigments).
  • pearlescent pigments can be made by forming a coating made of a high refractive index material such as titanium oxide on the surface of glass particles as a base material.
  • Pigment-grade particles may be subjected to a hydrophobic treatment. Pigment-grade particles that have been hydrophobized (hydrophobic pigment-grade particles) tend to disperse evenly in the coating, which can improve the effect of correcting recess defects and the natural finish performance.
  • hydrophobic treatment of pigment-grade particles there are no particular limitations on the hydrophobic treatment of pigment-grade particles, and any treatment that modifies the surface of such particles with an organic compound to make them hydrophobic can be used, such as silicone-based or silane-based treatments using methylhydrogenpolysiloxane, dimethylpolysiloxane (dimethicone), alkylsilane, etc.; fluorine-based treatments using perfluoroalkyl phosphate esters, perfluoroalcohols, etc.; titanate-based treatments using alkyl titanates, etc.; amino acid treatments using N-acylglutamic acid, etc., and other examples include lecithin treatments; metal soap treatments; fatty acid treatments; and alkyl phosphate ester treatments.
  • the hydrophobic treatments can be used alone or in combination.
  • the hydrophobic treatment can also be carried out using a hydrophobic treatment agent.
  • silicones that can be used as hydrophobic treatment agents include known silicones that have hydrogen-silicon bonds, such as methylhydrogenpolysiloxane (dimethicone/methicone) copolymer.
  • Other examples include triethoxysilylethyl polydimethylsiloxyethyl dimethicone and triethoxysilylethyl polydimethylsiloxyethylhexyl dimethicone, which have an alkoxy group-silicon bond as a reactive group.
  • dimethylpolysiloxane can also be used.
  • Silane-based treatment agents include, for example, silylating agents with organic groups introduced therein and silane coupling agents, such as triethoxycaprylylsilane.
  • Titanate-based treatment agents include, for example, titanium coupling agents such as alkyl titanates, pyrophosphate-type titanates, phosphorous-type titanates, and amino acid-type titanates.
  • the first agent of the present disclosure contains at least one selected from the group consisting of a first unsaturated organopolysiloxane and a first hydride-functionalized polysiloxane as such a crosslinking reactive component.
  • the second agent in the forming agent of the present disclosure contains the second hydride-functionalized polysiloxane
  • the first agent contains only the first hydride-functionalized polysiloxane among the first unsaturated organopolysiloxane and the first hydride-functionalized polysiloxane
  • the second agent contains the second unsaturated organopolysiloxane.
  • the first agent contains both the first unsaturated organopolysiloxane and the first hydride-functionalized polysiloxane.
  • the dosage form of the first agent is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, a single-phase system composed of an oil phase, a non-emulsified oil-in-water or water-in-oil two-phase system, or a two-phase system composed of an oil-in-water emulsion composition or a water-in-oil emulsion composition.
  • a single-phase system composed of an oil phase is typically an anhydrous form.
  • “anhydrous” not only means that the composition does not contain water, but also means that the water content is low, i.e., 10% by mass or less, 5% by mass or less, 2% by mass or less, 1% by mass or less, 0.1% by mass or less, or 0.01% by mass or less.
  • a non-emulsified two-phase system may include a water-in-oil composition in which water droplets are forcibly dispersed in a dispersion medium containing oil by shaking a liquid in a state in which the water and oil are separated, or an oil-in-water composition in which oil droplets are forcibly dispersed in a dispersion medium containing water.
  • Each of these formulations can be prepared appropriately by conventional methods using a crosslinking reactive component and, optionally, known materials such as oils, emulsifiers, and water, as described below.
  • the first agent is applied to the target area (e.g., the face) by painting, etc., and therefore, from the viewpoint of application performance, it preferably has a glass transition temperature below body temperature.
  • the glass transition temperature can be 37°C or lower, 25°C or lower, 10°C or lower, or 0°C or lower.
  • There is no particular restriction on the lower limit of the glass transition temperature but it can be, for example, -30°C or higher, -20°C or higher, or -10°C or higher.
  • glass transition temperature refers to the temperature at which a transition from a solid state to a liquid state occurs, and can be measured, for example, using a differential scanning calorimeter (DSC) in accordance with ASTM D3418-03.
  • DSC differential scanning calorimeter
  • the first unsaturated organopolysiloxane is not particularly limited, and may be an organopolysiloxane having an unsaturated portion, for example, one or more organopolysiloxanes having at least two carbon-carbon double bonds or at least one carbon-carbon triple bond in the molecule.
  • an unsaturated organopolysiloxane preferably, one or more organopolysiloxanes having at least two alkenyl functional groups (e.g., vinyl functional groups) on average and having a viscosity of 1,000 to 2,000,000 cst at 25°C may be mentioned.
  • the "unsaturated portion” in the present disclosure means a portion having a "carbon-carbon double bond” and a “carbon-carbon triple bond", which may be simply referred to as a "double bond” and a “triple bond".
  • the first unsaturated organopolysiloxane may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds.
  • Such organopolysiloxanes may contain unsaturation (double or triple bond moieties) in the terminal units of the polymer, in the non-terminal monomer units of the polymer, or in a combination thereof.
  • the double bond-containing monomer units in the organopolysiloxane may be spaced apart, on average, by 40 monomer units or more, 200 monomer units or more, 400 monomer units or more, 1,000 monomer units or more, or 2,000 monomer units or more.
  • the content of unsaturated moieties in the unsaturated organopolysiloxane can be 0.001 mmol/g or more, 0.005 mmol/g or more, 0.010 mmol/g or more, 0.050 mmol/g or more, or 0.10 mmol/g or more, and can be 5.0 mmol/g or less, 3.0 mmol/g or less, 1.0 mmol/g or less, 0.50 mmol/g or less, 0.40 mmol/g or less, 0.30 mmol/g or less, 0.25 mmol/g or less, 0.20 mmol/g or less, or 0.15 mmol/g or less.
  • the approximate molar amount of unsaturated moieties in the organopolysiloxane can be calculated based on the average molecular weight of the organopolysiloxane.
  • the first unsaturated organopolysiloxane can have a viscosity of 500 to 2,000,000 cst at 25° C.
  • the lower limit of the viscosity can be 700 cst or more, 1,000 cst or more, 3,000 cst or more, 5,000 cst or more, 10,000 cst or more, 20,000 cst or more, 40,000 cst or more, 60,000 cst or more, 80,000 cst or more, 100,000 cst or more, 125,000 cst or more, or 150,000 cst or more.
  • the upper limit of the viscosity can be 1,000,000 cst or less, 500,000 cst or less, 450,000 cst or less, 400,000 cst or less, 350,000 cst or less, 300,000 cst or less, 250,000 cst or less, 200,000 cst or less, 180,000 cst or less, 170,000 cst or less, or 165,000 cst or less.
  • the first unsaturated organopolysiloxane can have an average molecular weight of 30,000 Da to 500,000 Da.
  • the lower limit of the average molecular weight is preferably 35,000 Da or more, 40,000 Da or more, 50,000 Da or more, 60,000 Da or more, 72,000 Da or more, 84,000 Da or more, 96,000 Da or more, or 100,000 Da or more, and more preferably 140,000 Da or more or 150,000 Da or more.
  • the upper limit of the average molecular weight is preferably 200,000 Da or less, 190,000 Da or less, 180,000 Da or less, or 170,000 Da or less, more preferably 160,000 Da or less, and even more preferably 155,000 Da or less.
  • the average molecular weight in this disclosure can be determined by gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
  • the first unsaturated organopolysiloxane for example, at least one unsaturated organopolysiloxane selected from the group consisting of organopolysiloxanes having vinyl groups, vinyl-terminated organopolysiloxanes, and vinylated branched organopolysiloxanes can be used.
  • first unsaturated organopolysiloxane examples include vinyl-terminated polydimethylsiloxane, vinyl-terminated diphenylsiloxane-dimethylsiloxane copolymer, vinyl-terminated polyphenylmethylsiloxane, vinylphenylmethyl-terminated vinylphenylsiloxane-phenylmethylsiloxane copolymer, vinyl-terminated trifluoropropylmethylsiloxane-dimethylsiloxane copolymer, vinyl-terminated diethylsiloxane-dimethylsiloxane copolymer, vinylmethylsiloxane-dimethylsiloxane copolymer, trimethylsiloxy-terminated vinylmethylsiloxane-dimethylsiloxane copolymer, silanol-terminated vinylmethylsiloxane-dimethylsiloxane copolymer, vinylmethylsiloxane homopolymer, vinyl
  • the first unsaturated organopolysiloxane can be used alone or in combination of two or more. Among these, vinyl-terminated polydimethylsiloxane is preferred, and vinyl dimethicone (divinyl dimethicone) is more preferred.
  • terminal refers to either one terminal or both terminals. When distinguishing between these, it can be written as "vinyl one terminal” or “vinyl both terminals", for example.
  • the amount of the first unsaturated organopolysiloxane in the first agent can be, for example, 5.0% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, 20% by mass or more, 25% by mass or more, 30% by mass or more, 35% by mass or more, or 40% by mass or more, and can be 90% by mass or less, 85% by mass or less, 80% by mass or less, 75% by mass or less, 70% by mass or less, 65% by mass or less, 60% by mass or less, 55% by mass or less, 50% by mass or less, or 45% by mass or less, relative to the entire first agent.
  • the first unsaturated organopolysiloxane can be used appropriately within such ranges.
  • the first hydride-functionalized polysiloxane is not particularly limited, and may be a polysiloxane having a hydride-functionalized moiety, such as a compound represented by the following formula 1.
  • the first hydride-functionalized polysiloxane may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds:
  • R 1b , R 2b , R 3b , R 4b , R 5b , R 6b , R 7b , R 8b , R 9b and R 10b are each independently selected from hydrogen, C 1-20 alkyl, C 2-20 alkenyl, C 5-10 aryl, hydroxyl, or C 1-20 alkoxy, and m and n are each independently an integer from 10 to 6,000, provided that at least one of R 1b , R 2b , R 3b , R 4b , R 5b , R 6b , R 7b , R 8b , R 9b and R 10b is hydrogen.
  • At least one of R 1b , R 2b , R 3b , R 4b , R 5b , R 6b , R 7b , R 8b , R 9b and R 10b is hydrogen, and the remainder are C 1-20 alkyl.
  • R 1b , R 2b , R 3b , R 4b , R 5b , R 6b , R 7b , R 8b , R 9b and R 10b are hydrogen (e.g., two Si—H units per functionalized hydridopolysiloxane molecule).
  • R 1b , R 2b , R 3b , R 4b , R 5b , R 6b , R 7b , R 8b , R 9b and R 10b are hydrogen (e.g., three Si—H units per functionalized hydridopolysiloxane molecule).
  • R 1b , R 2b , R 3b , R 4b , R 5b , R 6b , R 7b , R 8b , R 9b and R 10b are hydrogen (e.g., two Si—H units per functionalized hydridopolysiloxane molecule), and the remainder are C 1-20 alkyl.
  • R 1b , R 2b , R 3b , R 4b , R 5b , R 6b , R 7b , R 8b , R 9b and R 10b are hydrogen (e.g., three Si—H units per functionalized hydridopolysiloxane molecule), and the remainder are C 1-20 alkyl.
  • At least two of R 4b , R 5b , R 9b and R 10b are hydrogen (eg, two Si—H units per functionalized hydridopolysiloxane molecule), and the remainder are C 1-20 alkyl.
  • R 4b , R 5b , R 9b and R 10b are hydrogen (eg, three Si—H units per functionalized hydridopolysiloxane molecule), and the remainder are C 1-20 alkyl.
  • the sum of m and n is an integer between 10 and 1,300, between 10 and 1,100, between 10 and 600, between 15 and 500, between 15 and 400, between 20 and 300, between 20 and 200, between 25 and 100, between 25 and 75, between 30 and 50, or between 40 and 45.
  • the first hydride-functionalized polysiloxane can be a non-terminally and/or terminally hydrogenated organopolysiloxane, which is composed of one or more organopolysiloxanes having at least two Si-H units in the molecule, and preferably one or more organopolysiloxanes having an average of at least two Si-H units and a viscosity of 2 to 100,000 cst at 25°C.
  • the organopolysiloxane having Si—H units may contain such Si—H units in a terminal unit of the polymer, in a non-terminal monomer unit of the polymer, or in a combination thereof. Of these, it is preferred that the Si—H units are contained in a non-terminal monomer unit of the polymer.
  • the first hydride-functionalized polysiloxane may be alkyl-terminated. For example, in formula 1, one or both of R 2b and R 7b may be a C 1-20 alkyl.
  • one, two, three, four, five or six of R 1b , R 2b , R 3b , R 6b , R 7b and R 8b may be C 1-20 alkyl.
  • R 1b , R 2b , R 3b , R 4b , R 5b , R 6b , R 7b , R 8b and R 10b are each C 1-20 alkyl, for example C 1 alkyl (for example methyl), and R 9b may be hydrogen.
  • R 1b , R 2b , R 3b , R 4b , R 5b , R 6b , R 7b , R 8b and R 9b are each C 1-20 alkyl, for example C 1 alkyl (for example methyl), and R 10b may be hydrogen.
  • the Si-H containing monomer units in the organopolysiloxane may be spaced apart, on average, by 1 monomer unit or more, 2 monomer units or more, 5 monomer units or more, 10 monomer units or more, 20 monomer units or more, 40 monomer units or more, 200 monomer units or more, 400 monomer units or more, 1,000 monomer units or more, or 2,000 monomer units or more.
  • the Si-H content of the organopolysiloxane having Si-H units can be 0.10 mmol/g or more, 0.50 mmol/g or more, 1.0 mmol/g or more, 2.0 mmol/g or more, 3.0 mmol/g or more, or 4.0 mmol/g or more, and can be 20 mmol/g or less, 10 mmol/g or less, 9.0 mmol/g or less, 8.0 mmol/g or less, 7.0 mmol/g or less, 6.0 mmol/g or less, or 5.0 mmol/g or less.
  • the approximate molar amount of Si-H units in the organopolysiloxane can be calculated based on the average molecular weight of the organopolysiloxane.
  • the first hydride-functionalized polysiloxane can have a viscosity of 2 to 500,000 cst at 25° C.
  • the lower limit of the viscosity is preferably 3 cst or more, 4 cst or more, 5 cst or more, 10 cst or more, 12 cst or more, 15 cst or more, 20 cst or more, 25 cst or more, or 30 cst or more, and more preferably 40 cst or more.
  • the upper limit of the viscosity is preferably 200,000 cst or less, 100,000 cst or less, 50,000 cst or less, 20,000 cst or less, 10,000 cst or less, 5,000 cst or less, 2,000 cst or less, or 1,000 cst or less, and more preferably 500 cst or less.
  • the viscosity of the hydride-functionalized polysiloxane is particularly preferably in the range of 45 to 100 cst or 45 to 50 cst at 25°C.
  • the hydride-functionalized polysiloxane can have an average molecular weight of 400 to 500,000 Da.
  • the lower limit of the average molecular weight is preferably 500 Da or more, 800 Da or more, 900 Da or more, 1,000 Da or more, 1,200 Da or more, 1,400 Da or more, 1,600 Da or more, 1,800 Da or more, 2,000 Da or more, or 2,200 Da or more, and more preferably 2,300 Da or more.
  • the upper limit of the average molecular weight is preferably 250,000 Da or less, 140,000 Da or less, 100,000 Da or less, 72,000 Da or less, 62,700 Da or less, 60,000 Da or less, 50,000 Da or less, 49,500 Da or less, 36,000 Da or less, 28,000 Da or less, 25,000 Da or less, 20,000 Da or less, 15,000 Da or less, 10,000 Da or less, 5,000 Da or less, or 4,000 Da or less, and more preferably 2,500 Da or less.
  • the amount of the first hydride-functionalized polysiloxane in the first agent can be, for example, 1.0% by mass or more, 3.0% by mass or more, or 5.0% by mass or more, and 50% by mass or less, 40% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 20% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, 10% by mass or less, or 8.0% by mass or less, based on the entire first agent.
  • the first hydride-functionalized polysiloxane can be used appropriately within such ranges.
  • the second agent constituting the coating-type film-forming agent of the present disclosure contains a catalyst that crosslinks the crosslinking reactive component in the first agent described above.
  • the second agent of the present disclosure may contain pigment-class particles having a refractive index of 2.0 or more, as in the first agent. If both the first agent and the second agent contain such pigment-class particles in the range of 0.01 mass% or more and less than 1.5 mass%, respectively, the pigment-class particles are more likely to be arranged near the surface of the film, and light incident on the film is more likely to be reflected near the surface of the film, so that the effect of correcting the recess defect can be further improved.
  • the pigment-class particles are more likely to be arranged near the surface of the film, and are more likely to be fixed near the surface, so that the effect of correcting the recess defect can be further improved.
  • the catalyst is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, any substance capable of causing, promoting, or initiating a physical and/or chemical crosslinking reaction of the unsaturated organopolysiloxane and hydride-functionalized polysiloxane, which are crosslinking reactive components constituting the coating.
  • the catalyst may or may not undergo permanent physical and/or chemical changes during or at the end of the process.
  • the catalyst may be, but is not limited to, a metal catalyst capable of initiating and/or promoting crosslinking at or below body temperature, such as Group VIII metal catalysts, for example, platinum catalysts, rhodium catalysts, palladium catalysts, cobalt catalysts, nickel catalysts, ruthenium catalysts, osmium catalysts, and iridium catalysts, and Group IVA metal catalysts, for example, germanium catalysts and tin catalysts. Of these, platinum catalysts, rhodium catalysts, and tin catalysts are preferred.
  • the catalysts may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • Platinum catalysts include, for example, platinum carbonylcyclovinylmethylsiloxane complexes, platinum divinyltetramethyldisiloxane complexes, platinum cyclovinylmethylsiloxane complexes, platinum octanaldehyde/octanol complexes, and other Pt(0) catalysts, such as Karstedt's catalyst, platinum-alcohol complexes, platinum-alkoxide complexes, platinum-ether complexes, platinum-aldehyde complexes, platinum-ketone complexes, platinum-halogen complexes, platinum-sulfur complexes, platinum-nitrogen complexes, platinum-phosphorus complexes, platinum-phosphorus complexes, platinum-carbon double bond complexes, platinum-carbon triple bond complexes, platinum-imido complexes, platinum-amide complexes, platinum-ester complexes, platinum-phosphate ester complexes, platinum-thiol ester complexes, platinum lone
  • At least one selected from the group consisting of platinum carbonylcyclovinylmethylsiloxane complex, platinum divinyltetramethyldisiloxane complex, platinum cyclovinylmethylsiloxane complex, and platinum octanaldehyde/octanol complex is preferred.
  • Rhodium catalysts include, for example, tris(dibutylsulfide)rhodium trichloride and rhodium trichloride hydrate.
  • tin catalysts include tin(II) octanoate, tin(II) neodecanoate, dibutyltin diisooctylmaleate, di-n-butyl bis(2,4-pentanedionate)tin, di-n-butylbutoxychlorotin, dibutyltin dilaurate, dimethyltin dineodecanoate, dimethylhydroxy(oleate)tin, and tin(II) oleate.
  • platinum catalysts are more preferred, with platinum divinyltetramethyldisiloxane complex (sometimes called "platinum divinyldisiloxane”) being particularly preferred.
  • the amount of catalyst in the second agent can be adjusted appropriately according to the required film performance, etc., and there are no particular restrictions.
  • the amount of catalyst can be 0.001 mass% or more, 0.005 mass% or more, or 0.010 mass% or more, and 5.0 mass% or less, 3.0 mass% or less, 1.0 mass% or less, 0.10 mass% or less, or 0.050 mass% or less, relative to the total amount of the second agent.
  • the catalyst can be used appropriately within such ranges.
  • the formulation of the second agent of the present disclosure is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, a single-phase system composed of an oil phase in an anhydrous form, a non-emulsified oil-in-water or water-in-oil two-phase system, or a two-phase system composed of an oil-in-water emulsion composition or a water-in-oil emulsion composition.
  • Each of these formulations can be prepared appropriately by conventional methods using a catalyst and, optionally, known materials such as oil, emulsifier, and water, as described below.
  • Silicone oil can be used as the oil, and the first unsaturated organopolysiloxane and the first hydride-functionalized polysiloxane that can be used in the first agent described above may be used as this silicone oil.
  • the unsaturated organopolysiloxane and the hydride-functionalized polysiloxane in the second agent can be called the second unsaturated organopolysiloxane and the second hydride-functionalized polysiloxane to distinguish them from the first unsaturated organopolysiloxane and the first hydride-functionalized polysiloxane in the first agent.
  • the second unsaturated organopolysiloxane can have a viscosity of 50 to 165,000 cst at 25°C.
  • the upper limit of this viscosity is preferably 150,000 cst or less, 100,000 cst or less, 80,000 cst or less, 50,000 cst or less, 30,000 cst or less, or 10,000 cst or less, and more preferably 5,000 cst or less, 2,000 cst or less, or 1,000 cst or less, and most preferably 500 cst or less.
  • the lower limit of this viscosity is preferably 70 cst or more, 100 cst or more, 130 cst or more, or 150 cst or more.
  • paint-type film-forming agent of the present disclosure various components can be appropriately blended with the first agent and/or the second agent within a range that does not adversely affect the effects of the present disclosure.
  • the optional components can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the optional components are not particularly limited, but examples thereof include feel modifiers, adhesion modifiers, spreadability promoters, diluents, adhesion modifiers, oils, emulsifiers (surfactants), inorganic particles, organic particles, water, alcohol (e.g., lower alcohols such as ethanol), humectants, preservatives, coloring materials, matting agents, beads, cloth, rubber materials (e.g., rubber sheets made of silicone rubber, etc.), components that thicken the water phase or oil phase (thickeners), protective colloids, skin permeation promoters, optical modifiers, scattering agents, adsorbents, magnetic materials, gas transport modifiers, liquid transport modifiers, pH modifiers, sensitization modifiers, and aesthetic modifiers.
  • feel modifiers esion modifiers, spreadability promoters, diluents, adhesion modifiers, oils, emulsifiers (surfactants), inorganic particles, organic particles, water, alcohol (e.g., lower alcohols such
  • coloring material refers to a material that can color a film other than the pigment-class particles having a refractive index of 2.0 or more described above, and specifically refers to materials generally referred to as inorganic pigments, organic pigments, and dyes.
  • cosmetic agents include moisturizers, UV absorbers (e.g., oil-soluble UV absorbers), skin protectants, skin soothing agents, skin whitening agents, skin glossing agents, skin softeners, skin smoothing agents, skin bleaching agents, skin exfoliating agents, skin tightening agents, beauty agents, vitamins, antioxidants, cell signaling agents, cell regulating agents, cell interaction agents, skin tanning agents, anti-aging agents, anti-wrinkle agents, spot reducers, ⁇ -hydroxy acids, ⁇ -hydroxy acids, and ceramides; and other cosmetic agents such as pain relievers, analgesics, anti-pruritic agents, and anti-acne agents (e.g., ⁇ -hydroxy acids, salicylic acid, benzo peroxide, etc.).
  • UV absorbers e.g., oil-soluble UV absorbers
  • skin protectants e.g., oil-soluble UV absorbers
  • skin soothing agents e.g., skin whitening agents, skin glossing agents, skin softeners, skin smoothing agents, skin
  • the therapeutic agents may include, for example, anti-inflammatory agents, antihistamines, corticosteroids, NSAIDs (nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs), antiseptics, antibiotics, antibacterial agents, antifungal agents, antiviral agents, antiallergy agents, antiirritants, insect repellents, phototherapy agents, blood clotting agents, antineoplastic agents, immune system enhancers, immune system suppressants, coal tar, anthralin, fluocinonide, methotrexate, cyclosporine, pimecrolimus, tacrolimus, azathioprine, fluorouracil, ceramides, counterirritants, and skin cooling compounds; and may include, for example, antioxidants, vitamins, vitamin D3 analogs, retinoids, minerals, mineral oils, petrolatum, fatty acids, plant extracts, polypeptides, antibodies, proteins, sugars, humectants, and emollients.
  • NSAIDs nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs
  • At least one of the first and second agents, preferably the first agent, of the paint-on film-forming agent of the present disclosure contains inorganic particles other than the pigment-grade particles described above, such as hydrophobized inorganic oxide particles.
  • inorganic particles other than the pigment-grade particles described above, such as hydrophobized inorganic oxide particles.
  • hydrophobized inorganic oxide particles can increase the viscosity of the paint-on film-forming agent, which can contribute to thick coating and can also contribute to improving the strength of the film.
  • the average particle diameter of inorganic particles is preferably less than 100 nm, 70 nm or less, 50 nm or less, or 30 nm or less, more preferably 20 nm or less, 18 nm or less, or 16 nm or less, and particularly preferably 15 nm or less, 13 nm or less, 12 nm or less, 11 nm or less, 10 nm or less, less than 10 nm, or 9 nm or less, from the viewpoint of thickening the film and obtaining good film strength.
  • inorganic particles e.g., hydrophobic inorganic oxide particles
  • the average particle diameter can mean, for example, the particle diameter (area-equivalent circle particle diameter) when converted into a circular particle having the same area as the projected area of the particle observed with a transmission electron microscope.
  • the area-equivalent circle particle diameter can be defined as the average value of 10 or more particles.
  • inorganic oxides constituting the hydrophobic inorganic oxide particles include zinc oxide, titanium oxide, aluminum oxide, and silicon oxide (e.g., fumed silica and anhydrous silica). Among these, at least one selected from the group consisting of silicon oxide, titanium oxide, and zinc oxide is preferred, and silicon oxide is more preferred.
  • the hydrophobized inorganic oxide particles can typically be inorganic oxide particles that have been hydrophobized with a surface treatment agent.
  • a surface treatment agent There are no particular limitations on the hydrophobization treatment, and from the standpoint of thickening the film and obtaining good film strength, for example, at least one treatment selected from the group consisting of dimethylsilylation and trimethylsilylation is preferred.
  • the amount of inorganic particles can be, for example, 0.001% by mass or more, 0.01% by mass or more, 0.1% by mass or more, 0.5% by mass or more, 1.0% by mass or more, 3.0% by mass or more, 5.0% by mass or more, or 7.0% by mass or more relative to the entire first or second agent, and can be 25% by mass or less, 23% by mass or less, 20% by mass or less, 18% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, 13% by mass or less, or 10% by mass or less.
  • Inorganic particles e.g., hydrophobized inorganic oxide particles
  • oils include liquid oils, solid oils, waxes, hydrocarbon oils, ester oils, silicone oils, and polar oils.
  • the oils may be non-volatile or volatile oils.
  • the oils may be used alone or in combination.
  • volatile refers to oils that exhibit a volatile content of more than 5% when left at atmospheric pressure and 105°C for 3 hours.
  • volatile content can also be specified as 10% or more, 20% or more, 40% or more, 50% or more, 60% or more, 80% or more, or 100%.
  • the boiling point at 1 atmosphere (101.325 kPa) can be used as an indicator of volatility.
  • non-volatile refers to a material that exhibits a volatile content of 5% or less when left at 105°C for 3 hours.
  • silicone oils other than the above-mentioned unsaturated organopolysiloxanes and hydride-functionalized polysiloxanes can be used as the silicone oil.
  • silicone oils that can be used include linear silicones such as dimethylpolysiloxane (dimethicone), methylphenylpolysiloxane, and methylhydrogenpolysiloxane; and cyclic silicones such as diphenylsiloxyphenyltrimethicone, octamethylcyclotetrasiloxane, decamethylcyclopentasiloxane, and dodecamethylcyclohexasiloxane.
  • Silicone oils are easily compatible with unsaturated organopolysiloxanes having phenyl and vinyl groups, and can therefore be suitably blended with the first agent and/or the second agent that contains unsaturated organopolysiloxanes having phenyl and vinyl groups.
  • the amount of oil (e.g., silicone oil) to be blended is not particularly limited, and can be blended appropriately depending on, for example, the type of formulation used and the required film strength.
  • the amount of oil (e.g., silicone oil) to be blended can be, for example, 5.0% by mass or more, 7.0% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, 15% by mass or more, 20% by mass or more, 23% by mass or more, 25% by mass or more, 27% by mass or more, or 30% by mass or more relative to the entire first or second agent, and can be 60% by mass or less, 57% by mass or less, 55% by mass or less, 50% by mass or less, 45% by mass or less, 40% by mass or less, 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 25% by mass or less, or 20% by mass or less.
  • the oil can be used appropriately within such ranges.
  • emulsifier for example, anionic, cationic, amphoteric, or nonionic emulsifiers can be used.
  • the emulsifiers can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the emulsifier in the present disclosure refers to an agent having an emulsifying function (surface activity), and can also include agents generally called surfactants.
  • emulsifier examples include at least one selected from the group consisting of hydrocarbon surfactants, silicone surfactants, and amphiphilic powders.
  • hydrocarbon surfactants include polyoxyethylene alkyl ethers, polyoxyethylene steryl ethers, polyoxyethylene fatty acid esters, polyoxyethylene polyhydric alcohol fatty acid esters, polyoxyethylene hydrogenated castor oil, polyoxyethylene sorbitan fatty acid esters, glycol fatty acid esters, glycerin fatty acid esters, sorbitan fatty acid esters, sucrose fatty acid esters, and polyglycerin fatty acid esters.
  • silicone surfactants include polyether-modified silicone and alkyl-co-modified polyether-modified silicone.
  • the amount of emulsifier used can be 0.01% by mass or more, 0.05% by mass or more, 0.1% by mass or more, or 0.2% by mass or more relative to the total amount of the first agent or the second agent.
  • the upper limit of the amount of emulsifier used can be, for example, 5.0% by mass or less, 4.0% by mass or less, 3.0% by mass or less, 2.0% by mass or less, 1.0% by mass or less, or 0.5% by mass or less.
  • the emulsifier can be used appropriately within these ranges.
  • the apply-type film-forming agent may include a powder.
  • the powder may include the pigment-grade particles having a refractive index of 2.0 or more as described above, or may be substantially free of the pigment-grade particles.
  • the ratio of the mass of the pigment-grade particles to the mass of the apply-type film-forming agent may be 0.01% by weight or more and less than 1.5% by weight.
  • the dispersibility of the powder can be improved by further blending a silicone-based surfactant into the system containing them.
  • the ratio of the mass of the pigment-grade particles to the mass of the paint-on film-forming agent may be less than 0.01% by mass or more than 1.5% by mass.
  • the silicone-based surfactant used in the forming agent disclosed herein is different from such general dispersants in that it is believed to act not on the powder but on the unsaturated organopolysiloxane.
  • the silicone surfactant blended into the forming agent of the present disclosure has excellent affinity with the unsaturated organopolysiloxane, which can act as an agglomerating agent for the powder, and it is believed that the hydrophobic groups of this silicone surfactant interact with the unsaturated organopolysiloxane and disperse in the oil phase in a form similar to an inverted micelle, as shown in Figure 2(b).
  • the powder agglomerating action of the unsaturated organopolysiloxane is reduced, and the dispersibility of the powder in the forming agent is improved.
  • the black bars of the silicone surfactant in Figure 2(b) represent hydrophobic groups
  • the white spheres represent hydrophilic groups.
  • the amount of silicone surfactant in the first or second agent in the powder-containing forming agent can be, for example, 1.0% by mass or more, 2.0% by mass or more, 3.0% by mass or more, 4.0% by mass or more, 5.0% by mass or more, 6.0% by mass or more, 7.0% by mass or more, 8.0% by mass or more, 9.0% by mass or more, or 10% by mass or more, and 15% by mass or less, 13% by mass or less, 10% by mass or less, 8.0% by mass or less, 6.0% by mass or less, or 5.0% by mass or less, relative to the entire first or second agent.
  • the silicone surfactant can be used appropriately within such ranges.
  • the amount of silicone surfactant in the first or second agent in the powder-containing forming agent can be specified as a ratio to 100 parts by weight of the total of the powder, the unsaturated organopolysiloxane, and the silicone surfactant.
  • the amount of silicone surfactant can be 1.0 parts by weight or more, 3.0 parts by weight or more, 5.0 parts by weight or more, 7.0 parts by weight or more, or 9.0 parts by weight or more, and can be 20 parts by weight or less, 17 parts by weight or less, 15 parts by weight or less, 13 parts by weight or less, or 10 parts by weight or less, per 100 parts by weight of the total of the powder, the unsaturated organopolysiloxane, and the silicone surfactant.
  • Silicone surfactants can be used alone or in combination.
  • a silicone surfactant having an HLB value of 10.0 or less is preferred.
  • Such an HLB value can be 9.0 or less, 8.0 or less, 7.0 or less, 6.0 or less, or 5.0 or less.
  • There is no particular restriction on the lower limit of the HLB and it can be, for example, 0.1 or more, 0.5 or more, 1.0 or more, 1.5 or more, or 2.0 or more.
  • the HLB value is preferably 0.1 or more and 7.0 or less.
  • HLB is a value that generally indicates the affinity to water and oil, and is a parameter known as the hydrophilic-lipophilic balance.
  • the HLB value of the silicone surfactant can be easily determined by the Griffin method.
  • polyglycerin/alkyl-modified silicone examples include bis-butyl dimethicone polyglyceryl-3 and cetyl PEG/PPG-10/1 dimethicone, where "PEG” and “PPG” refer to polyethylene glycol and polypropylene glycol, respectively.
  • Carboxy modified silicone An example of the carboxy-modified silicone is carboxydecyltrisiloxane.
  • polyether modified silicone examples include PEG-9 polydimethylsiloxyethyl dimethicone, PEG-10 dimethicone, PO/EO-modified silicones (e.g., PEG/PPG-19/19 dimethicone), and dimethicone/(PEG-10/15) crosspolymer, where "PO” and "EO” refer to propylene oxide and ethylene oxide.
  • the paint-on film-forming agent or cosmetic of the present disclosure comprises a powder.
  • the powder may be used alone or in combination.
  • the amount of powder varies and can be set appropriately depending on the application of the cosmetic.
  • the amount of powder can be, for example, 3.0% by mass or more, 5.0% by mass or more, more than 5.0% by mass, 7.0% by mass or more, 8.0% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, 15% by mass or more, 20% by mass or more, 25% by mass or more, or 30% by mass or more, and can be 50% by mass or less, 40% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 20% by mass or less, or 15% by mass or less, based on the total amount of the applied-type film-forming agent (e.g., the first agent or the second agent) or the cosmetic.
  • the amount of powder can be appropriately blended in the applied-type film-forming agent or the cosmetic within such ranges.
  • the amount of powder in the applied film-forming agent (e.g., the first or second agent) or cosmetic can be specified as a ratio to 100 parts by weight of the total of the powder, the unsaturated organopolysiloxane, and the silicone-based surfactant.
  • the amount of powder can be 10 parts by weight or more, 15 parts by weight or more, 20 parts by weight or more, 25 parts by weight or more, or 27 parts by weight or more, and can be 60 parts by weight or less, 55 parts by weight or less, 50 parts by weight or less, or 47 parts by weight or less, per 100 parts by weight of the total of the powder, the unsaturated organopolysiloxane, and the silicone-based surfactant.
  • the powder is not particularly limited, and for example, spherical or non-spherical powders commonly used in the field of cosmetics can be used.
  • the spreadable film-forming agent (e.g., the first agent or the second agent) or the cosmetic may contain only spherical powders or only non-spherical powders, or may contain both spherical and non-spherical powders.
  • the applied film-forming agent or cosmetic of the present disclosure includes a spherical powder.
  • the size of the spherical powder there are no particular limitations on the size of the spherical powder.
  • the average particle size of the spherical powder can be 0.01 ⁇ m or more, 0.05 ⁇ m or more, 0.1 ⁇ m or more, 0.5 ⁇ m or more, 1.0 ⁇ m or more, 3.0 ⁇ m or more, or 5.0 ⁇ m or more, and can be 50 ⁇ m or less, 30 ⁇ m or less, 20 ⁇ m or less, 15 ⁇ m or less, or 10 ⁇ m or less.
  • the spherical powders having an average particle size in such ranges can be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds.
  • the average particle size can be defined as the average value of the diameter of the powder (particles) optically measured by dynamic light scattering, assuming that the powder shape is spherical.
  • the applied film-forming agent or cosmetic of the present disclosure includes a non-spherical powder.
  • the non-spherical powder is intended to be a powder that is not included in the spherical powder described above, and can be defined, for example, by the aspect ratio.
  • the aspect ratio of the non-spherical powder can be 1.2 or more, 1.5 or more, 2.0 or more, 2.5 or more, 3.0 or more, 5.0 or more, 7.0 or more, 10 or more, 15 or more, 20 or more, 25 or more, or 30 or more, and can be 200 or less, 170 or less, 150 or less, 120 or less, 100 or less, 70 or less, or 50 or less.
  • the non-spherical powder can be used alone or in combination of two or more types of powders having aspect ratios in such ranges.
  • the aspect ratio can be calculated, for example, by extracting any 10 or more (e.g., 100) powder particles through microscopic observation, measuring the longitudinal (surface) length of each powder and the lateral (thickness) length of each powder, and dividing the longitudinal length by the lateral length (i.e., longitudinal length/lateral length). The powder with the longest longitudinal length is selected, and the powder with the shortest lateral length is selected.
  • the aspect ratio can be taken as the average aspect ratio of any 10 or more (e.g., 100) powder particles.
  • the type of powder is not particularly limited, and for example, inorganic powder and/or organic powder can be used.
  • the inorganic powder and the organic powder can be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds.
  • components constituting the inorganic powder include talc, kaolin, mica (e.g., sericite (sericite), muscovite, phlogopite, synthetic mica, synthetic iron phlogopite, red mica, biotite), calcined talc, calcined mica (e.g., calcined sericite, calcined muscovite, calcined phlogopite), permiculite, magnesium carbonate, calcium carbonate, aluminum silicate, barium silicate, calcium silicate, magnesium silicate, strontium silicate, Ca/Aluminum borosilicate, metal salts of tungstate, magnesium, silica, alumina, zeolite, aluminum hydroxide, barium sulfate, calcined calcium sulfate (calcined gypsum), calcium phosphate, fluorapatite, hydroxyapatite, ceramic powder, metal soap (e.g., zinc my
  • inorganic powders that can be used include inorganic pigments (sometimes referred to as "inorganic colored pigments").
  • inorganic pigments include inorganic white pigments (e.g., titanium dioxide, zinc oxide); inorganic red pigments (e.g., iron oxide (red oxide), iron titanate); inorganic brown pigments (e.g., gamma-iron oxide); inorganic yellow pigments (e.g., yellow iron oxide, yellow ocher); inorganic black pigments (e.g., black iron oxide, low-order titanium oxide); inorganic purple pigments (e.g., mango violet, cobalt violet); inorganic green pigments (e.g., chromium oxide, chromium hydroxide, cobalt titanate); and inorganic blue pigments (e.g., ultramarine, Prussian blue).
  • inorganic white pigments e.g., titanium dioxide, zinc oxide
  • inorganic red pigments e.g., iron oxide (red oxide),
  • glittering powders include pearl pigments (e.g., bismuth oxychloride, fish scale foil, titanium mica, titanium mica coated with iron oxide, titanium mica coated with low-order titanium oxide, titanium mica having photochromic properties, substrates using talc, glass, synthetic fluorine phlogopite, silica, bismuth oxychloride, etc. instead of mica, coatings coated with low-order titanium oxide, colored titanium oxide, iron oxide, alumina, silica, zirconia, zinc oxide, cobalt oxide, aluminum, etc. in addition to titanium oxide, functional pearl pigments coated with resin particles, coated with aluminum hydroxide particles, coated with zinc oxide particles, and coated with barium sulfate particles); and metal powder pigments (e.g., aluminum powder, copper powder).
  • pearl pigments e.g., bismuth oxychloride, fish scale foil, titanium mica, titanium mica coated with iron oxide, titanium mica coated with low-order titanium oxide, titanium mica having photochromic properties, substrates using talc,
  • the components constituting the organic powder include, for example, silicone elastomer, silicone, silicone resin-coated silicone elastomer, polyamide resin (e.g., nylon), polyolefin resin (e.g., polyethylene), polymethylmethacrylate, polystyrene, copolymer resin of styrene and acrylic acid, benzoguanamine resin, fluororesin (e.g., polytetrafluoroethylene), starch (e.g., starch aluminum octenylsuccinate), crosspolymers such as (HDI/trimethylolhexyllactone) crosspolymer, (diphenyl dimethicone/vinyl diphenyl dimethicone/silsesquioxane) crosspolymer, and (IPDI/poly(1,4-butanediol)-14) crosspolymer, and cellulose.
  • silicone elastomer silicone, silicone resin-coated silicone elastomer, poly
  • organic powders may be, for example, organic pigments (sometimes referred to as "organic coloring pigments") and/or dyes.
  • organic pigments include organic pigments such as zirconium, barium, or aluminum lake, specifically, for example, organic pigments such as Red No. 201, Red No. 202, Red No. 204, Red No. 205, Red No. 220, Red No. 226, Red No. 228, Red No. 405, Orange No. 203, Orange No. 204, Yellow No. 205, Yellow No. 401, and Blue No. 404, Red No. 3, Red No. 104, Red No. 106, Red No. 227, Red No. 230, Red No. 401, Red No. 505, Orange No. 205, Yellow No. 4, Yellow No. 5, Yellow No. 202, Yellow No. 203, Green No. 3, and Blue No. 1.
  • pigments include natural pigments, specifically, for example, chlorophyll and ⁇ -carotene.
  • the applied film-forming agent or cosmetic of the present disclosure includes a hydrophobic powder.
  • the hydrophobic powder is suitable when the powder is dispersed in an oil phase.
  • the hydrophobic powder can be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds.
  • hydrophobic refers to a performance with low affinity to water.
  • the hydrophobic performance can be evaluated, for example, by placing 50 g of ion-exchanged water and 0.1 g of the evaluation powder in a transparent sealed container, storing at 50° C. for one day, and then visually observing the powder. Specifically, when most of the evaluation powder (e.g., 50% or more of the evaluation powder) is present near the surface of the ion-exchanged water (e.g., within a region approximately 1 cm below the water surface), the powder can be evaluated as "hydrophobic".
  • the "hydrophobicity" can also be evaluated by the following method instead of the evaluation method. For example, when ion-exchanged water is dropped into a container filled with the powder in an atmosphere of 25° C., the water can be evaluated as "hydrophobic" when it turns into droplets that roll on the surface.
  • Hydrophobic powders can be obtained by treating the above-mentioned powders with, for example, a surface treatment agent that can provide hydrophobic properties.
  • Such surface treatment agents include, for example, higher fatty acids, metal soaps, oils and fats, waxes, silicone compounds (e.g., carboxydecyltrisiloxane, dimethicone, acrylic-silicone graft copolymers), fluorine compounds, hydrocarbons, surfactants other than the silicone surfactants described below, dextrin fatty acid esters (e.g., dextrin palmitate), polyglycerin fatty acid esters (e.g., polyglyceryl-2 tetraisostearate), amino acids (lauroyl lysine), distearyldimonium chloride, and distearyldimonium chloride.
  • the higher fatty acid may refer to a saturated or unsaturated fatty acid having 6 or more carbon atoms, and specific examples include myristic acid and stearic acid.
  • the surface treatment agents may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the cosmetic composition of the present disclosure contains a powder, an unsaturated organopolysiloxane, and a silicone-based surfactant
  • the powder, the unsaturated organopolysiloxane, and the silicone-based surfactant may be the same as those used in the above-mentioned applied film-forming agent.
  • the water is not particularly limited, and for example, water used in cosmetics or quasi-drugs can be used, such as ion-exchanged water, distilled water, ultrapure water, and tap water.
  • the method of using the applied-type film-forming agent of the present disclosure is not particularly limited, and may include, for example, any of the following steps.
  • makeup can be applied to the face, and therefore the method can also be called a makeup method.
  • the method of using the applied-type film-forming agent of the present disclosure does not include methods for surgery, treatment, or diagnosis of humans: Applying the first agent to a target site (e.g., a body surface) to form a first agent layer, and then applying the second agent onto the first agent layer to form a coating having a thickness of 50 ⁇ m or more; or The second agent is applied to the target site (e.g., the body surface) to form a second agent layer, and then the first agent is applied onto the second agent layer to form a film having a thickness of 50 ⁇ m or more; or, the first agent and the second agent are mixed to prepare a mixture, and then the mixture is applied to the target site (e.g., the body surface) to form a film having a thickness of 50 ⁇ m or more.
  • a target site e.g., a body surface
  • the second agent is applied to the target site (e.g., the body surface) to form a second agent layer
  • the first agent and the second agent are mixed to
  • the preferred method of use is to apply the first agent to the target area to form a layer of the first agent, and then apply the second agent onto the first agent layer and crosslink the layer to form a film.
  • the materials described above can be used for the first and second agents in the same manner.
  • This method may be performed once, or may be performed multiple times (e.g., two or more times, or three or more times) on the formed coating. When performed multiple times, the method may include, for example, any of the following operations. According to this method, even if the viscosity of the paint-type film-forming agent is low, a coating having a thickness of 50 ⁇ m or more can be formed: Applying a first agent to the formed coating to form a first agent layer, and then applying a second agent onto the first agent layer to further form a coating; or An operation of applying a second agent to the formed coating to form a second agent layer, and then applying a first agent onto the second agent layer to further form a coating; or an operation of mixing the first agent and the second agent to prepare a mixture, and then applying the mixture to the formed coating to further form a coating.
  • the coat-type film-forming agent of the present disclosure can form a film having a thickness of 50 ⁇ m or more. Therefore, the coat-type film-forming agent of the present disclosure can also be called a coat-type film-forming agent for forming a film having a thickness of 50 ⁇ m or more.
  • the thickness of the coating may be 50 ⁇ m or more, 70 ⁇ m or more, 90 ⁇ m or more, 100 ⁇ m or more, 110 ⁇ m or more, 120 ⁇ m or more, 130 ⁇ m or more, 140 ⁇ m or more, or 150 ⁇ m or more, from the viewpoint of the effect of correcting recess defects and natural finish performance.
  • There is no particular limit to the upper limit of the thickness and it may be, for example, 300 ⁇ m or less, 270 ⁇ m or less, 250 ⁇ m or less, 230 ⁇ m or less, 200 ⁇ m or less, 170 ⁇ m or less, or 150 ⁇ m or less.
  • the thickness of the coating may be appropriately adopted within such a range.
  • the thickness may be defined as the average value calculated by measuring the thickness of any part of the coating peeled off from the target part five times using a high-precision digital micrometer (MDH-25MB, manufactured by Mitutoyo Corporation).
  • MDH-25MB manufactured by Mitutoyo Corporation.
  • the surface of the film peeled off from the target area has minute irregularities associated with pores and other concave defects, but if the film thickness is measured using this method, the film will penetrate into the pores and other concave defects and have the effect of correcting the area.
  • a cosmetic may be applied to the target site before applying the first agent, the second agent, or a mixture containing the first agent and the second agent to the target site; a first agent may be applied to the target site to form a first agent layer, a cosmetic may be applied on the first agent layer, and the second agent may be applied to cover the cosmetic; a second agent may be applied to the target site to form a second agent layer, a cosmetic may be applied on the second agent layer, and the first agent may be applied to cover the cosmetic; or a film may be formed, and then a cosmetic may be applied to the film.
  • the spread-type film-forming agent of the present disclosure can be used as a base agent or base cosmetic.
  • cosmetics there are no particular limitations on the cosmetics, and examples of the cosmetics that can be used include skin care cosmetics such as serums, lotions, and emulsions, sunscreen cosmetics (sun protection cosmetics), base cosmetics, or make-up cosmetics such as foundations, glosses, lipsticks, eye shadows, and nail polishes, or cosmetics that combine the functions of two or more of these cosmetics.
  • skin care cosmetics such as serums, lotions, and emulsions
  • sunscreen cosmetics unsun protection cosmetics
  • base cosmetics or make-up cosmetics such as foundations, glosses, lipsticks, eye shadows, and nail polishes, or cosmetics that combine the functions of two or more of these cosmetics.
  • make-up cosmetics such as foundations, glosses, lipsticks, eye shadows, and nail polishes, or cosmetics that combine the functions of two or more of these cosmetics.
  • the cosmetic may be a powder cosmetic.
  • the ratio of the mass of water to the mass of the entire cosmetic (sometimes referred to as moisture content) may be less than 50% by mass, less than 40% by mass, less than 30% by mass, less than 20% by mass, 15% by mass or less, 10% by mass or less, 5% by mass or less, 3% by mass or less, 2% by mass or less, 1% by mass or less, or less than 1% by mass.
  • the moisture content is measured by the heat loss method.
  • the moisture content is measured, for example, using a heat-dry moisture meter (MS-70, A&D Co., Ltd.). More specifically, when the powder cosmetic does not substantially contain any substance with a boiling point lower than that of water (for example, when the ratio of the mass of the substance with a boiling point lower than that of water to the mass of the powder cosmetic is less than 5 mass%), the moisture content is measured by the heat loss method. On the other hand, when the powder cosmetic contains a predetermined amount or more of a substance with a boiling point lower than that of water, the moisture content may be measured by near-infrared spectroscopy. An example of the predetermined amount is 5 mass%.
  • the method of using the applied film-forming agent of the present disclosure can also be used as a cosmetic method.
  • a cosmetic method For example, when skin is exposed to dryness, moisture is unknowingly lost, and the stratum corneum on the skin surface may not be able to maintain its moisture content. When the skin does not have enough moisture, it is no longer able to effectively produce the moisturizing components (Natural Moisturizing Factors (NMFs)) that it produces itself. As a result, the barrier function and moisturizing function of the skin surface are reduced, making the skin more susceptible to damage, which is thought to cause a loss of moisture and lead to rough skin, etc.
  • NMFs Natural Moisturizing Factors
  • a film made from the applied film-forming agent of the present disclosure when a film made from the applied film-forming agent of the present disclosure is applied to the skin, the occlusion effect of the film (the effect of preventing moisture from escaping from the skin) can effectively moisturize the skin.
  • the skin's own production function of moisturizing ingredients is improved, and turnover problems in the stratum corneum are also improved, making skin problems such as roughness less likely to occur, and improving the beauty effect.
  • a "beauty method" refers to applying the applied film-forming agent of the present disclosure to a target area to form a film and beautify the condition of the target area (for example, the face), and is different from a method of surgery, treatment, or diagnosis of a human.
  • the method for applying the first or second agent to the target area, the cosmetic application layer, or the first or second agent layer there are no particular limitations on the method for applying the first or second agent to the target area, the cosmetic application layer, or the first or second agent layer, and for example, methods such as spreading with fingers, spray application, transfer, etc. can be used.
  • the first agent and/or the second agent are separated into water and oil, it is preferable to shake these agents to forcibly make them into a two-phase system (oil-in-water type or water-in-oil type) from the viewpoint of the crosslinking reactivity between the first agent and the second agent, the dispersibility of pigment-class particles in the coating, etc.
  • a two-phase system oil-in-water type or water-in-oil type
  • the applied film-forming agent of the present disclosure can be applied to any part of the body, for example, the surface of the skin (body surface).
  • the applied film-forming agent of the present disclosure can be appropriately applied to, for example, the head, face (lips, eyes, nose, cheeks, forehead, etc.), neck, ears, hands, arms, legs, feet, chest, abdomen, back, buttocks, nails, etc.
  • the skin also includes nails that have hardened due to changes in the keratin of the epidermis of the skin.
  • the paint-type film-forming agent of the present disclosure can be provided as a kit having the above-mentioned first and second agents constituting the agent.
  • the kit may have optional components such as a component for facilitating application of the first agent, etc. to a target site, the various cosmetics described above, or the kit may be used in combination with optional components.
  • Optional components include, for example, an instruction manual, a spatula-shaped applicator, a brush, a cotton swab, a cutter, scissors, the various cosmetics mentioned above, a remover for removing the formed film from the target area, a mirror, etc.
  • "instructions for use” can include not only general instructions for use that are attached in the form of a document within the kit, but also instructions for use printed on, for example, the packaging container that contains the kit, or the packaging container such as a tube for injecting the first agent, etc.
  • the kit may include, for example, the first and second agents packaged in separate containers or in separate compartments of a container having two or more compartments to prevent contact between the first and second agents.
  • the packaged agents may be configured to be applied one at a time or to be mixed together before or during use.
  • the kit can be used in combination with a remover for removing the formed film from the target site.
  • “use in combination” includes using the kit and remover as an integrated unit, i.e., including the remover in the kit, or using the kit and remover separately.
  • a kit including a coat-type film-forming agent in combination with a separate remover, since it is possible to provide an optimal coat-type film-forming agent and remover for each individual.
  • the film formed on the target site by the applied film-forming agent of the present disclosure can be suitably removed from the target site by using the specific remover shown below.
  • the specific remover of the present disclosure When the specific remover of the present disclosure is used, the strength of the film is not reduced, so the film can be peeled off from the target site in one go without breaking.
  • a conventional sunscreen cosmetic is applied to the skin and then removed from the skin, it is necessary to wash it off with a detergent or the like.
  • the film formed by the applied film-forming agent of the present disclosure does not require such a procedure, and the film exhibiting ultraviolet protection performance can be peeled off from the target site (e.g., skin) more easily.
  • a suitable remover used to remove a film formed by the applied film-forming agent of the present disclosure contains at least one selected from the group consisting of a hydrocarbon oil having a weight-average molecular weight of 300 or more and 800 or less, and a polar oil having a weight-average molecular weight of 260 or more and 400 or less. From the viewpoint of effectively removing the film, it is preferable to use such a hydrocarbon oil and a polar oil in combination.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the hydrocarbon oil is preferably 320 or more, or 350 or more, and more preferably 380 or more, and is preferably 750 or less, or 700 or less, and more preferably 690 or less.
  • the hydrocarbon oils can be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds.
  • hydrocarbon oil is not particularly limited, and examples include liquid paraffin (mineral oil), olefin oligomers and their hydrogenated products (e.g., hydrogenated polydecene), and squalane.
  • the amount of hydrocarbon oil is not particularly limited, and from the viewpoint of effectively removing the film, it can be, for example, 1.0 mass% or more, 5.0 mass% or more, 10 mass% or more, 20 mass% or more, or 30 mass% or more relative to the total amount of the composition constituting the remover. There is no particular upper limit to the amount, and it can be, for example, 100 mass% or less, less than 100 mass%, 80 mass% or less, 70 mass% or less, 60 mass% or less, or 50 mass% or less.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the polar oil is preferably 265 or more or 270 or more, and preferably 390 or less, 380 or less, or 370 or less.
  • the IOB value of the polar oil is preferably 0.12 or more or 0.13 or more, and preferably 1.48 or less, 1.47 or less, or 1.46 or less.
  • the polar oils may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds.
  • the amount of polar oil blended can be 1.0 mass% or more, 5.0 mass% or more, 10 mass% or more, 15 mass% or more, or 20 mass% or more relative to the total amount of the composition constituting the remover.
  • the upper limit of the blended amount can be, for example, 100 mass% or less, less than 100 mass%, 80 mass% or less, 70 mass% or less, 60 mass% or less, or 50 mass% or less.
  • the remover of the present disclosure can be appropriately blended with various components within a range that does not adversely affect the film removal effect.
  • various components include surfactants (emulsifiers), moisturizers, thickeners, water-soluble polymers, oil-soluble polymers, film-forming agents, higher fatty acids, sequestering agents, lower alcohols, higher alcohols, polyhydric alcohols, denatured alcohols, various extracts, sugars, amino acids, organic amines, polymer emulsions, chelating agents, UV absorbers, pH adjusters, skin nutrients, vitamins, water-soluble drugs applicable to medicines, quasi-drugs, cosmetics, etc., buffers, color-fading inhibitors, antioxidants, preservatives, dispersants, propellants, fillers, pigments, dyes, colorings, fragrances, water, and other oils other than those mentioned above.
  • Optional components can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the remover of the present disclosure may contain oils other than the above-mentioned hydrocarbon oils and polar oils.
  • silicone oils may reduce the strength of the film, and as a result, may reduce the film removal performance. Therefore, from the viewpoint of effectively removing the film, the amount of silicone oil is preferably 10 mass % or less, 5.0 mass % or less, 1.0 mass % or less, 0.5 mass % or less, or 0.1 mass % or less relative to the total amount of the composition constituting the remover, and it is more preferable that silicone oil is not included in the composition constituting the remover.
  • the remover can be applied to a part or the whole of the film formed on the target site, and then optionally rubbed. Then, the film can be removed by pulling the film that has peeled off from the target site with a finger or the like.
  • the present invention will be described in more detail below with reference to examples, but the present invention is not limited to these. Unless otherwise specified, the blend amounts are shown in mass %.
  • the evaluation methods described in the examples are not limited to the forming agents and films formed by the forming agents described in the examples, but can be similarly applied to the above-mentioned forming agents and films formed by the forming agents.
  • Evaluation Test 1 The following tests were carried out using the test samples obtained by the manufacturing methods described below, and the results are shown in Table 2.
  • Bioskin (a new age-specific cheek skin model, age group 30s, manufactured by Bealux Co., Ltd.), which is commercially available as a high-performance artificial skin model, was prepared.
  • the first and second agents of the test sample were applied to this Bioskin in order to form a film of a predetermined thickness.
  • the Bioskin was placed on a desk with the film surface facing up. The film was observed from a position where the eyes were about 30 cm away from the film surface and the line of sight was about 45 degrees to the film surface, and the correction effect of the recess defect was evaluated according to the following criteria. The results are shown in Tables 2 to 3.
  • a to C grades can be considered as passing, and D to E grades can be considered as failing.
  • the correction effect of the recess defect was not tested because a film could not be formed: A: No shadow was observed around the recessed defect (pore). B: A very slight shadow was observed around the recessed defect (pore). C: A slight shadow was observed around the recessed defect (pore). D: Shadows were clearly observed around the recessed defects (pores). E: Shadows were more clearly observed around the recessed defects (pores).
  • Bioskin (a new age-specific cheek skin model, age group 30s, manufactured by Bealux Co., Ltd.), which is commercially available as a high-performance artificial skin model, was prepared.
  • the first and second agents of the test sample were applied to this Bioskin in order to form a film of a predetermined thickness.
  • the Bioskin was placed on a desk with the film surface facing up. The film was observed from a position where the eyes were about 30 cm away from the film surface and the line of sight was about 45 degrees to the film surface, and the natural finish was evaluated according to the following criteria.
  • the results are shown in Table 2.
  • a to C grades can be considered as passing
  • D to E grades can be considered as failing.
  • Viscosity Evaluation Test The viscosity of the first agent in the test sample immediately after preparation was measured using a Brookfield viscometer (Shibaura Systems Co., Ltd., Vismetron) at 25° C. and 60 rpm (rotor No. 3 or No. 4). The results are shown in Tables 2 and 3.
  • Test Example 1 Each test sample in this test example was prepared according to the following method. In this test example, the effect of pigment-class particles having a refractive index of 2.0 or more in a paint-on film-forming agent was examined. The results are shown in Table 2. In the table, “Mw” refers to the weight average molecular weight. Furthermore, the thickness of the film in each example and comparative example is the average value calculated by measuring the thickness of any part of the film peeled off from the artificial skin five times using a high-precision digital micrometer (MDH-25MB, manufactured by Mitutoyo Corporation).
  • MDH-25MB high-precision digital micrometer
  • the first agent was prepared by uniformly mixing vinyl dimethicone (30.00 parts by mass) with a viscosity of 165,000 cst as the first unsaturated organopolysiloxane, volatile dimethicone (the remainder) as the oil component, hydrophobized pigment grade titanium oxide (0.05 parts by mass) as the pigment grade particles, and silylated silica (10.00 parts by mass) as the hydrophobized inorganic oxide particles. Note that this first agent did not contain any hydride-functionalized polysiloxane.
  • Comparative Examples 2, 4, and 5, and Examples 1 to 4 Except for changing the components and their amounts in the first agent to those shown in Table 2, all the components were mixed at once and uniformly to prepare the first agent in the same manner as in Comparative Example 1.
  • the second agent used was the same as in Comparative Example 1.
  • Comparative Example 3 Except for changing the components and their blending amounts in the first agent to those shown in Table 2, all the components were mixed at once and uniformly to prepare the first agent in the same manner as in Comparative Example 1.
  • the second agent the second agent 2-2 containing no catalyst was used.
  • Example 5 Except for changing the components and their amounts in the first agent to those shown in Table 2, all the components were mixed at once and uniformly to prepare the first agent in the same manner as in Comparative Example 1.
  • the second agent the second agent 2-3 containing pigment-grade particles was used.
  • Example 5 which used a second agent containing pigment-class particles, had a better effect of correcting recess defects than Example 1, which used a second agent that did not contain pigment-class particles. This shows that the effect of correcting recess defects is improved when both the first and second agents contain pigment-class particles.
  • Test Example 2 Each test sample in this test example was prepared according to the following method. In this test example, the effect of the thickness of the coating was examined. The results are shown in Table 3.
  • Example 6 Coating thickness: 50 ⁇ m Except for changing the components and their amounts in the first agent to those shown in Table 3, all the components were mixed at once and uniformly to prepare the first agent in the same manner as in Comparative Example 1. For the second agent, 2-1 in Table 1 was used.
  • Example 7 Coating thickness: 100 ⁇ m Except for changing the components and their amounts in the first agent to those shown in Table 3, all the components were mixed at once and uniformly to prepare the first agent in the same manner as in Comparative Example 1. For the second agent, 2-1 in Table 1 was used.
  • Evaluation Test 2 The following tests were carried out using the test samples obtained by the manufacturing methods described below, and the results are shown in Table 4.
  • a first agent was prepared by uniformly mixing 90 parts by weight of vinyl dimethicone as the first unsaturated organopolysiloxane and 10 parts by weight of hydrogen dimethicone as the first hydride-functionalized polysiloxane.
  • the second agent of Reference Comparative Example 1 which does not contain a silicone surfactant, was inferior in powder dispersibility, and both the appearance color and the application color were uneven.
  • the second agents of Reference Examples 1 to 3 which contain a silicone surfactant, and the second agents of Reference Examples 4 to 6, which have a higher powder ratio than the second agents, all have excellent powder dispersibility and do not cause unevenness in both the appearance color and the application color, and were evaluated as passing the test.
  • a coating-type film-forming agent comprising a first agent containing a crosslinkable reactive component that constitutes a coating, and a second agent containing a catalyst that crosslinks the crosslinkable reactive component,
  • the first agent and/or the second agent contains 0.01% by weight or more and less than 1.5% by weight of pigment-grade particles having a refractive index of 2.0 or more; Forming agent.
  • the first agent comprises at least one selected from the group consisting of a first unsaturated organopolysiloxane and a first hydride-functionalized polysiloxane;
  • the second agent contains the second hydride-functionalized polysiloxane;
  • the second agent contains the second unsaturated organopolysiloxane;
  • the forming agent according to Item A-1 or 2 wherein the pigment-grade particles include at least one selected from the group consisting of titanium oxide, iron oxide, magnesium oxide, zinc oxide, calcium oxide, calcium phosphate, calcium carbonate, aluminum oxide, aluminum hydroxide, barium sulfate, pearlescent pigments, and talc.
  • the average particle size of the pigment-grade particles is 100 nm or more.
  • the first agent and the second agent contain the pigment-grade particles.
  • the first agent contains hydrophobized inorganic oxide particles.
  • the hydrophobized inorganic oxide particles are particles that have been hydrophobized by at least one treatment selected from the group consisting of dimethylsilylation and trimethylsilylation, and the inorganic oxide constituting the particles is at least one treatment selected from the group consisting of silicon oxide, titanium oxide, and zinc oxide.
  • the viscosity of the first agent is 10,000 mPa s or more.
  • the first unsaturated organopolysiloxane and the second unsaturated organopolysiloxane are at least one selected from the group consisting of organopolysiloxanes having a vinyl group, vinyl-terminated organopolysiloxanes, and vinylated branched organopolysiloxanes.
  • the first hydride-functionalized polysiloxane and the second hydride-functionalized polysiloxane are non-terminally and/or terminally hydrogenated organopolysiloxanes; The forming agent according to item A-2.
  • the catalyst is at least one selected from the group consisting of platinum catalysts, rhodium catalysts, and tin catalysts;
  • the first agent and the second agent in the forming agent according to item A-1 or 2 are contained in separate containers, or are contained separately in each compartment of a container having two or more compartments. kit.
  • kit. A method for using the forming agent according to item A-1 or 2, The first agent is applied to a body surface to form a first agent layer, and then the second agent is applied on the first agent layer and crosslinked to form a film having a thickness of 50 ⁇ m or more.
  • the second agent is applied to the body surface to form a second agent layer, and then the first agent is applied on the second agent layer to crosslink the layer and form a film having a thickness of 50 ⁇ m or more; or After preparing a mixture by mixing the first agent and the second agent, the mixture is applied to a body surface to be crosslinked, thereby forming a film having a thickness of 50 ⁇ m or more.
  • the powder comprises a hydrophobic powder.
  • the content of the powder is 3.0% by mass or more based on the total amount of the cosmetic.
  • the silicone surfactant has an HLB value of 10.0 or less.
  • the silicone surfactant includes at least one selected from the group consisting of polyglycerin/alkyl-co-modified silicone, carboxy-modified silicone, and polyether-modified silicone.
  • a coating-type film-forming cosmetic composition comprising a first agent and a second agent, At least one of the first agent and the second agent contains a cross-linking reactive component that constitutes a coating, At least one of the first and second parts includes a catalyst that crosslinks the crosslinking reactive component; At least one of the first agent and the second agent contains the cosmetic composition according to item B-1 or 2.
  • a coating-type film-forming cosmetic [Item B-7] The first agent contains a crosslinking reactive component that constitutes a coating, The second agent includes a second agent including a catalyst that crosslinks the crosslinking reactive component; The apply-type film-forming cosmetic composition according to Item B-6. [Item B-8] The second agent contains the cosmetic composition according to item B-1 or 2.
  • the first agent comprises at least one selected from the group consisting of a first unsaturated organopolysiloxane and a first hydride-functionalized polysiloxane;
  • the second agent contains the second hydride-functionalized polysiloxane;
  • the second agent contains the second unsaturated organopolysiloxane, and At least one of the first unsaturated organopolysiloxane and the second unsaturated organopolysiloxane comprises the unsaturated organopolysiloxan
  • the first unsaturated organopolysiloxane and the second unsaturated organopolysiloxane include at least one selected from the group consisting of organopolysiloxanes having vinyl groups, vinyl-terminated organopolysiloxanes, and vinylated branched organopolysiloxanes.
  • the first unsaturated organopolysiloxane and the second unsaturated organopolysiloxane comprise vinyl dimethicone; The apply-type film-forming cosmetic composition according to item B-9.
  • the first hydride-functionalized polysiloxane and the second hydride-functionalized polysiloxane comprise non-terminally and/or terminally hydrogenated organopolysiloxanes;
  • the catalyst comprises at least one selected from the group consisting of a platinum catalyst, a rhodium catalyst, and a tin catalyst;
  • the first agent is in the form of a single-phase system constituted by an oil phase
  • the second agent is in the form of a non-emulsified or emulsified water-in-oil two-phase system
  • the apply-type film-forming cosmetic composition according to Item B-6 Used as a foundation, The apply-type film-forming cosmetic composition according to Item B-6.
  • the first agent and the second agent in the apply-type film-forming cosmetic composition according to item B-6 are contained in separate containers, or are contained separately in each compartment of a container having two or more compartments. kit.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Birds (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Dermatology (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Cosmetics (AREA)

Abstract

Provided is a coating-type film-forming agent which has an excellent covering effect on depressed portions, e.g., skin pores, and can form a coating film of natural finish. This coating-type film-forming agent comprises a first agent that includes a crosslinkable component forming a coating film and a second agent that includes a catalyst for crosslinking the crosslinkable component, wherein the first agent and/or the second agent contains pigment-grade particles having a refractive index of 2.0 or higher, in an amount of 0.01 mass% or larger but less than 1.5 mass%.

Description

塗布型皮膜形成剤、該形成剤を含むキット、及び該形成剤の使用方法Coating-type film-forming agent, kit containing said agent, and method of using said agent

 本開示は、塗布型皮膜形成剤、該形成剤を含むキット、及び該形成剤の使用方法に関する。 This disclosure relates to a coating-type film-forming agent, a kit containing the agent, and a method for using the agent.

 体表に塗布して、しわ、傷跡などを補正可能な皮膜を形成し得る、塗布型の皮膜形成剤、及び毛穴を目立ちにくくする化粧料などが知られている。  There are known coating agents that can be applied to the body surface to form a film that can correct wrinkles, scars, etc., and cosmetics that make pores less noticeable.

 特許文献1には、1以上の架橋可能なポリマーを含む、対象の皮膚表面での層のその場形成のための組成物、及び該組成物から形成される層を含む人工皮膚が開示されている。 Patent document 1 discloses a composition for in situ formation of a layer on the skin surface of a subject, the composition comprising one or more crosslinkable polymers, and an artificial skin comprising a layer formed from the composition.

 特許文献2には、1)架橋型ジメチコンとシクロメチコンとが作るゲル構造中に、2)水1~10質量%と、3)シリカ15~40質量%と、4)二酸化チタン被覆球状粉体1~10質量%と、5)他の金属酸化物で表面を被覆されていても良いセリサイト0.5~5質量%とを含有する、毛穴補正用の化粧料が開示されている。 Patent Document 2 discloses a cosmetic for correcting pores, which contains 1) a gel structure formed by crosslinked dimethicone and cyclomethicone, 2) 1 to 10 mass% water, 3) 15 to 40 mass% silica, 4) 1 to 10 mass% titanium dioxide-coated spherical powder, and 5) 0.5 to 5 mass% sericite, the surface of which may be coated with other metal oxides.

 特許文献3、特許文献4及び特許文献5には、架橋反応性成分及び水を含む第1剤と、架橋反応性成分を架橋させるための架橋成分を含む第2剤とを備える皮膜形成剤が開示されている。また、これらの文献には、上記の皮膜形成剤が各種の粉末を含み得ることが開示されている。 Patent Document 3, Patent Document 4, and Patent Document 5 disclose a film-forming agent that includes a first agent that contains a cross-linking reactive component and water, and a second agent that contains a cross-linking component for cross-linking the cross-linking reactive component. These documents also disclose that the film-forming agent can contain various powders.

特表2019-503396号公報Special table 2019-503396 publication 特開2009-155211号公報JP 2009-155211 A 国際公開第2022/215531号International Publication No. 2022/215531 国際公開第2022/215533号International Publication No. 2022/215533 国際公開第2022/124079号International Publication No. 2022/124079

 特許文献1に記載される塗布型の皮膜形成剤を皮膚に適用して架橋させると、皮膚表面において凹状に反るように皮膜が形成される。そのため、かかる形成剤は、典型的には、皮膚におけるしわなどの凹部を引き伸ばし、かかる凹部を低減させることによって、しわなどの欠陥を目立たなくしているが、この引き伸ばしの作用だけでは、凹部欠陥を目立たなくすることが不十分な場合があった。 When the applied film-forming agent described in Patent Document 1 is applied to the skin and crosslinked, a film is formed on the skin surface in a concave warp. For this reason, such agents typically stretch wrinkles and other concave portions in the skin, reducing the size of the concave portions, thereby making defects such as wrinkles less noticeable, but there are cases in which this stretching action alone is insufficient to make the concave defects less noticeable.

 特許文献2に記載されるような毛穴補正のための従来の化粧料は、その効果が不十分であったり、仕上がりが不自然であったりする場合があった。  Conventional cosmetics for correcting pores, such as those described in Patent Document 2, were sometimes insufficiently effective or produced an unnatural finish.

 そのため、毛穴等の凹部欠陥に対して優れた補正効果を有し、かつ、自然な仕上がりを呈する塗布型皮膜形成剤の開発が望まれていた。 Therefore, there was a need for the development of a paint-on film-forming agent that has an excellent effect of correcting pores and other concave defects and also provides a natural finish.

 したがって、本開示の一態様によれば、毛穴等の凹部欠陥に対して優れた補正効果を有し、かつ、自然な仕上がりを呈する皮膜を形成することが可能な塗布型皮膜形成剤が提供され得る。
Therefore, according to one aspect of the present disclosure, a paint-type film-forming agent can be provided that has an excellent effect of correcting recess defects such as pores and is capable of forming a film that provides a natural finish.

 また、ビニルジメチコンのような不飽和オルガノポリシロキサンを含む塗布型皮膜形成剤又は化粧料に対し、顔料などの粉末を配合すると、形成剤又は化粧料中における粉末の分散性が低下する場合があった。 In addition, when a powder such as a pigment is blended with a coating-type film-forming agent or cosmetic that contains an unsaturated organopolysiloxane such as vinyl dimethicone, the dispersibility of the powder in the film-forming agent or cosmetic may decrease.

 したがって、本開示の他の態様によれば、粉末の分散性を向上させ得る、不飽和オルガノポリシロキサンを含む塗布型皮膜形成剤又は化粧料が提供され得る。 Accordingly, according to another aspect of the present disclosure, a paint-type film-forming agent or cosmetic containing an unsaturated organopolysiloxane can be provided that can improve the dispersibility of powders.

〈態様1〉
 皮膜を構成する架橋反応性成分を含む第1剤、及び前記架橋反応性成分を架橋させる触媒を含む第2剤を含む、塗布型皮膜形成剤であって、
 前記第1剤及び/又は前記第2剤が、2.0以上の屈折率を有する顔料級粒子を0.01質量%以上1.5質量%未満含む、
形成剤。
〈態様2〉
 前記第1剤が、第1の不飽和オルガノポリシロキサン及び第1のヒドリド官能化ポリシロキサンからなる群から選択される少なくとも一種を含み、
 前記第1剤が、前記第1の不飽和オルガノポリシロキサン及び前記第1のヒドリド官能化ポリシロキサンのうち、前記第1の不飽和オルガノポリシロキサンのみを含む場合には、前記第2剤は、前記第2のヒドリド官能化ポリシロキサンを含み、
 前記第1剤が、前記第1の不飽和オルガノポリシロキサン及び前記第1のヒドリド官能化ポリシロキサンのうち、前記第1のヒドリド官能化ポリシロキサンのみを含む場合には、前記第2剤は、前記第2の不飽和オルガノポリシロキサンを含む、
態様1に記載の形成剤。
〈態様3〉
 前記顔料級粒子が、酸化チタン、酸化鉄、酸化マグネシウム、酸化亜鉛、酸化カルシウム、リン酸カルシウム、炭酸カルシウム、酸化アルミニウム、水酸化アルミニウム、硫酸バリウム、真珠光沢顔料、及びタルクからなる群から選択される少なくとも一種を含む、態様1又は2に記載の形成剤。
〈態様4〉
 前記顔料級粒子の平均粒子径が、100nm以上である、態様1~3のいずれかに記載の形成剤。
〈態様5〉
 前記第1剤及び前記第2剤が、前記顔料級粒子を含む、態様1~4のいずれかに記載の形成剤。
〈態様6〉
 前記第1剤が、疎水化無機酸化物粒子を含む、態様1~5のいずれかに記載の形成剤。
〈態様7〉
 前記疎水化無機酸化物粒子が、ジメチルシリル化処理、及びトリメチルシリル化処理からなる群から選択される少なくとも一種により疎水化処理された粒子であり、かつ、該粒子を構成する無機酸化物が、酸化ケイ素、酸化チタン、及び酸化亜鉛からなる群から選択される少なくとも一種である、態様6に記載の形成剤。
〈態様8〉
 前記第1剤の粘度が、10,000mPa・s以上である、態様1~7のいずれかに記載の形成剤。
〈態様9〉
 前記第1の不飽和オルガノポリシロキサン及び前記第2の不飽和オルガノポリシロキサンが、ビニル基を有するオルガノポリシロキサン、ビニル末端化されたオルガノポリシロキサン、及びビニル化された分岐鎖を有するオルガノポリシロキサンからなる群から選択される少なくとも一種である、態様2~8のいずれかに記載の形成剤。
〈態様10〉
 前記第1のヒドリド官能化ポリシロキサン及び前記第2のヒドリド官能化ポリシロキサンが、非末端及び/又は末端で水素化されたオルガノポリシロキサンである、態様2~9のいずれかに記載の形成剤。
〈態様11〉
 前記触媒が、白金触媒、ロジウム触媒、及びスズ触媒からなる群から選択される少なくとも一種である、態様1~10のいずれかに記載の形成剤。
〈態様12〉
 態様1~11のいずれかに記載の形成剤における前記第1剤及び前記第2剤が、別々の容器に内包されている、又は2つ以上の区画を有する容器の各区画内に別々に内包されている、キット。
〈態様13〉
 態様1~11のいずれかに記載の形成剤の使用方法であって、
 前記第1剤を体表に適用して第1剤層を形成した後に、該第1剤層上に前記第2剤を適用して架橋させ、厚さが50μm以上の皮膜を形成する、
 前記第2剤を体表に適用して第2剤層を形成した後に、該第2剤層上に前記第1剤を適用して架橋させ、厚さが50μm以上の皮膜を形成する、又は、
 前記第1剤及び前記第2剤を混合して混合物を調製した後に、該混合物を体表に適用して架橋させ、厚さが50μm以上の皮膜を形成する、
使用方法。
〈態様14〉
 粉末、不飽和オルガノポリシロキサン、及びシリコーン系界面活性剤を含む、
 化粧料。
<Aspect 1>
A coating-type film-forming agent comprising a first agent containing a crosslinkable reactive component that constitutes a coating, and a second agent containing a catalyst that crosslinks the crosslinkable reactive component,
The first agent and/or the second agent contains 0.01% by mass or more and less than 1.5% by mass of pigment-grade particles having a refractive index of 2.0 or more.
Forming agent.
<Aspect 2>
the first agent comprises at least one selected from the group consisting of a first unsaturated organopolysiloxane and a first hydride-functionalized polysiloxane;
When the first agent contains only the first unsaturated organopolysiloxane among the first unsaturated organopolysiloxane and the first hydride-functionalized polysiloxane, the second agent contains the second hydride-functionalized polysiloxane;
When the first agent contains only the first hydride-functionalized polysiloxane among the first unsaturated organopolysiloxane and the first hydride-functionalized polysiloxane, the second agent contains the second unsaturated organopolysiloxane;
The forming agent according to aspect 1.
Aspect 3
3. The forming agent of claim 1 or 2, wherein the pigment-grade particles comprise at least one selected from the group consisting of titanium oxide, iron oxide, magnesium oxide, zinc oxide, calcium oxide, calcium phosphate, calcium carbonate, aluminum oxide, aluminum hydroxide, barium sulfate, pearlescent pigments, and talc.
<Aspect 4>
A forming agent according to any one of the preceding aspects, wherein the pigment-grade particles have an average particle size of 100 nm or more.
<Aspect 5>
A forming agent according to any one of the preceding aspects, wherein the first and second agents comprise the pigment-grade particles.
Aspect 6
A forming agent according to any one of the preceding aspects, wherein the first agent comprises hydrophobized inorganic oxide particles.
Aspect 7
The forming agent according to aspect 6, wherein the hydrophobized inorganic oxide particles are particles that have been hydrophobized by at least one treatment selected from the group consisting of dimethylsilylation and trimethylsilylation, and the inorganic oxide constituting the particles is at least one treatment selected from the group consisting of silicon oxide, titanium oxide, and zinc oxide.
<Aspect 8>
A forming agent according to any one of aspects 1 to 7, wherein the viscosity of the first agent is 10,000 mPa·s or more.
<Aspect 9>
The forming agent according to any one of aspects 2 to 8, wherein the first unsaturated organopolysiloxane and the second unsaturated organopolysiloxane are at least one selected from the group consisting of organopolysiloxanes having vinyl groups, vinyl-terminated organopolysiloxanes, and vinylated branched organopolysiloxanes.
Aspect 10
A forming agent according to any one of aspects 2 to 9, wherein the first hydride-functionalized polysiloxane and the second hydride-functionalized polysiloxane are non-terminally and/or terminally hydrogenated organopolysiloxanes.
<Aspect 11>
The forming agent according to any one of the preceding aspects, wherein the catalyst is at least one selected from the group consisting of platinum catalysts, rhodium catalysts, and tin catalysts.
<Aspect 12>
A kit, in which the first agent and the second agent in the forming agent according to any one of aspects 1 to 11 are contained in separate containers, or are contained separately in each compartment of a container having two or more compartments.
<Aspect 13>
A method of using the forming agent according to any one of aspects 1 to 11, comprising the steps of:
After the first agent is applied to the body surface to form a first agent layer, the second agent is applied on the first agent layer and crosslinked to form a film having a thickness of 50 μm or more.
The second agent is applied to the body surface to form a second agent layer, and then the first agent is applied on the second agent layer and crosslinked to form a film having a thickness of 50 μm or more; or
After preparing a mixture by mixing the first agent and the second agent, the mixture is applied to a body surface to be crosslinked, thereby forming a film having a thickness of 50 μm or more.
How to use.
<Aspect 14>
powder, an unsaturated organopolysiloxane, and a silicone surfactant,
Cosmetics.

図1の(a)は、最大深さが約100μm、直径が約250μmの毛穴を模した部分のシミュレーション結果と、毛穴に影が発生するメカニズムを模した図であり、図1の(b)は、毛穴を模した同様の部分に最大厚が約40μmの皮膜を適用した部分のシミュレーション結果と、毛穴に影が発生するメカニズムを模した図であり、図1の(c)は、毛穴を模した同様の部分に最大厚が約70μmの皮膜を適用した部分のシミュレーション結果と、毛穴の影が低減するメカニズムを模した図である。FIG. 1( a ) is a diagram illustrating the results of a simulation of a portion simulating a pore with a maximum depth of about 100 μm and a diameter of about 250 μm, and a mechanism by which a shadow is generated in the pore. FIG. 1( b ) is a diagram illustrating the results of a simulation of a portion simulating a pore in which a film with a maximum thickness of about 40 μm is applied, and a mechanism by which a shadow is generated in the pore. FIG. 1( c ) is a diagram illustrating the results of a simulation of a portion simulating a pore in which a film with a maximum thickness of about 70 μm is applied, and a mechanism by which the shadow of the pore is reduced. 図2(a)は、シリコーン系界面活性剤を使用しなかった場合の粉末及び不飽和オルガノポリシロキサンを含む構成の模式図であり、図2(b)は、シリコーン系界面活性剤、粉末及び不飽和オルガノポリシロキサンを含む構成の模式図である。FIG. 2( a ) is a schematic diagram of a configuration including a powder and an unsaturated organopolysiloxane when no silicone-based surfactant is used, and FIG. 2( b ) is a schematic diagram of a configuration including a silicone-based surfactant, a powder, and an unsaturated organopolysiloxane. 図3(a)は、シリコーン系界面活性剤を使用しなかった場合の粉末及び不飽和オルガノポリシロキサンを含む構成(参考比較例2)の写真であり、図3(b)は、シリコーン系界面活性剤、粉末及び不飽和オルガノポリシロキサンを含む構成(参考実施例1)の写真である。FIG. 3(a) is a photograph of a configuration containing a powder and an unsaturated organopolysiloxane when no silicone-based surfactant was used (Reference Comparative Example 2), and FIG. 3(b) is a photograph of a configuration containing a silicone-based surfactant, a powder, and an unsaturated organopolysiloxane (Reference Example 1). 図4(左)は、表5の第2剤において、シリコーン系界面活性剤を使用しなかった場合の粉末及び不飽和オルガノポリシロキサンを含む構成の塗布色に関する写真であり、図4(右)は、シリコーン系界面活性剤、粉末及び不飽和オルガノポリシロキサンを含む構成(表5の第2剤)の塗布色に関する写真である。FIG. 4 (left) is a photograph showing the coating color of a composition containing a powder and an unsaturated organopolysiloxane when no silicone-based surfactant was used in the second agent in Table 5, and FIG. 4 (right) is a photograph showing the coating color of a composition containing a silicone-based surfactant, a powder, and an unsaturated organopolysiloxane (second agent in Table 5).

 以下、本開示の実施の形態について詳述する。本開示は、以下の実施の形態に限定されるものではなく、発明の本旨の範囲内で種々変形して実施できる。 The following describes in detail the embodiments of the present disclosure. The present disclosure is not limited to the embodiments below, and can be modified in various ways within the scope of the invention.

 本開示の一態様に係る塗布型皮膜形成剤は、皮膜を構成する架橋反応性成分を含む第1剤と、この架橋反応性成分を架橋させる触媒を含む第2剤とを含み、第1剤及び/又は第2剤が、2.0以上の屈折率を有する顔料級粒子を0.01質量%以上1.5質量%未満含んでいる。 The coating-type film-forming agent according to one embodiment of the present disclosure includes a first agent containing a cross-linking reactive component that constitutes a film, and a second agent containing a catalyst that cross-links the cross-linking reactive component, and the first agent and/or the second agent contains 0.01% by mass or more and less than 1.5% by mass of pigment-grade particles having a refractive index of 2.0 or more.

 原理によって限定されるものではないが、本開示の塗布型皮膜形成剤が、毛穴等の凹部欠陥に対して優れた補正効果を有し、かつ、自然な仕上がりを呈する皮膜を形成することが可能な作用原理は以下のとおりであると考える。 Although not limited by the theory, the principle of action of the applied film-forming agent disclosed herein is believed to be as follows, which has an excellent effect of correcting defects in recesses such as pores and is capable of forming a film that provides a natural finish.

 図1(a)に示すように、毛穴のような凹部欠陥では、そこへ入射した光(図中の矢印)は、凹部の壁にぶつかって方向がずれて影が生じるため、その欠陥が目立つと考えられる。 As shown in Figure 1(a), in a concave defect such as a pore, the light incident on the defect (indicated by the arrow in the figure) hits the wall of the concave and shifts direction, creating a shadow, which is thought to make the defect more noticeable.

 例えば、従来の毛穴補正能を有する化粧料は、顔料を多く含み、それにより、適用した化粧料によって毛穴を隠蔽していた。そのため、毛穴を目立たなくすることはできるが、不自然な仕上がりを呈する場合があった。また、例えば、顔料の少ない化粧料は、粘度が比較的に低い場合があった。このような場合、図1(b)に示すように、厚塗りすることが難しく、その結果、十分に凹部を充填することができないため、図1(a)の場合と同様に影が生じ、その欠陥が目立つと考えられる。また、仮に、増粘剤などを用いて、顔料の少ない化粧料の粘度を増加させたとしても、従来の化粧料は、塗布後に化粧が崩れてしまい不自然な仕上がりとなる場合があった。 For example, conventional cosmetics with pore correction capabilities contain a lot of pigment, which hides pores when applied. Therefore, although it is possible to make pores less noticeable, it can sometimes result in an unnatural finish. Also, for example, cosmetics with low pigment content can have a relatively low viscosity. In such cases, as shown in Figure 1(b), it is difficult to apply thickly, and as a result, the recesses cannot be filled sufficiently, so shadows are created as in the case of Figure 1(a), and the defects are likely to be noticeable. Also, even if a thickener or the like is used to increase the viscosity of cosmetics with low pigment content, conventional cosmetics can sometimes cause the makeup to come off after application, resulting in an unnatural finish.

 本開示の一態様に係る塗布型皮膜形成剤は、該形成剤を構成し得る第1剤及び第2剤のうちの少なくとも一方が、2.0以上の屈折率を有する顔料級粒子を0.01質量%以上1.5質量%未満含んでいる。本発明者は、このような高屈折率の顔料級粒子を含む塗布型皮膜形成剤が、一般的な化粧料に比べ、図1(c)に示すように、毛穴等の凹部欠陥を充填するように厚塗りすることができるため、かかる顔料級粒子の配合量を低量にした場合においても、凹部欠陥に対して優れた補正効果を発揮し得ることを見出した。かかる効果は、高屈折率の顔料級粒子が、凹部を充填する皮膜中において光を略正反射し得るように配置されたことによって発揮されたと考えている。また、皮膜中の顔料級粒子の配合量が比較的少なく、また、皮膚等に適用された皮膜は架橋しており、従来の化粧料のような化粧崩れが生じにくいため、形成された皮膜は自然な仕上がりを呈していると考えている。なお、図1(b)及び(c)のシミュレーション結果において凹部欠陥(毛穴)部が白くなっているが、これは凹部欠陥の位置及び影を分かりやすくするためである。実際の皮膜では、色材を用いて皮膜の色調整を行えば、この白色部分も目立たなくすることができる。 In one embodiment of the present disclosure, at least one of the first and second agents that can constitute the coating agent contains 0.01% by mass or more and less than 1.5% by mass of pigment-class particles having a refractive index of 2.0 or more. The inventors have found that coating agent containing pigment-class particles with such a high refractive index can be applied thicker to fill pores and other defects than general cosmetics, as shown in FIG. 1(c), and therefore can exhibit an excellent correction effect on defects in recesses even when the amount of pigment-class particles is low. It is believed that this effect is exhibited by the high refractive index pigment-class particles being arranged so that they can reflect light approximately specularly in the coating that fills the recesses. In addition, the amount of pigment-class particles in the coating is relatively small, and the coating applied to the skin, etc. is crosslinked, and the coating is less likely to break down like conventional cosmetics, so that the formed coating has a natural finish. In the simulation results of Figures 1(b) and (c), the recessed defect (pore) part is white, but this is to make the position and shadow of the recessed defect easier to see. In an actual film, if the color of the film is adjusted using a coloring material, the white part can be made less noticeable.

 また、一般的な化粧料を皮膚に適用した場合、顔料級粒子は、体温などの影響を受けて流動的となり、その結果、化粧料によって形成された層中において固定化されずに、時間経過などに伴い凹部欠陥の深部などに移動するおそれがある。そのため、仮に、化粧料が高屈折率の顔料級粒子を低濃度で含み、かつ、厚塗りすることができたとしても、かかる化粧料の場合には、凹部欠陥の補正効果及び自然な仕上がり性能を十分に発現し得ないと考えられる。 In addition, when a typical cosmetic is applied to the skin, the pigment-class particles become fluid due to the effects of body temperature, etc., and as a result, they are not fixed in the layer formed by the cosmetic and may migrate to the depths of the depression defect over time. Therefore, even if a cosmetic contains a low concentration of high refractive index pigment-class particles and can be applied thickly, it is thought that such a cosmetic would not be able to fully correct the depression defect or provide a natural finish.

 一方、本開示の一態様に係る塗布型皮膜形成剤による皮膜は、皮膜を構成する架橋反応性成分を含む第1剤と、かかる架橋反応性成分を架橋させる触媒を含む第2剤とによって形成される、架橋構造を有する皮膜である。その結果、皮膜中に含まれる顔料級粒子は、皮膜内において均一に分散した状態で固定化されるため、上述したような従来の化粧料に比べ、凹部欠陥の補正効果及び自然な仕上がり性能を好適に発現し得ると考えている。 On the other hand, the film produced by the application-type film-forming agent according to one embodiment of the present disclosure is a film having a crosslinked structure formed by a first agent containing a crosslinkable reactive component that constitutes the film, and a second agent containing a catalyst that crosslinks the crosslinkable reactive component. As a result, the pigment-class particles contained in the film are fixed in a uniformly dispersed state within the film, and it is believed that this can more effectively correct recess defects and provide a more natural finish than the conventional cosmetics described above.

 なお、例えば、毛穴補正能を有する従来の化粧料は、汗又はこすれなどによって皮膚に適用した化粧料が剥がれ落ちてしまうという課題も有していた。本開示の塗布型皮膜形成剤は、かかる剤を、皮膚に適用して架橋させて皮膜を形成することができるため、得られる架橋皮膜は、従来の化粧料などを皮膚に適用して得られた膜に比べ、こすれなどによる剥がれ落ちに対する耐性に優れている。したがって、本開示の一態様に係る塗布型皮膜形成剤は、従来の化粧料が有していた剥がれ落ちに関する課題に対しても貢献することができると考えている。 Furthermore, for example, conventional cosmetics having pore correction capabilities have also had the problem that the cosmetics applied to the skin tend to peel off due to sweat or rubbing. The applied-type film-forming agent of the present disclosure can be applied to the skin to crosslink and form a film, and the resulting crosslinked film has superior resistance to peeling off due to rubbing, etc., compared to films obtained by applying conventional cosmetics to the skin. Therefore, it is believed that the applied-type film-forming agent according to one embodiment of the present disclosure can also contribute to solving the problem of conventional cosmetics peeling off.

 また、従来の化粧料は、皮膚から除去する場合には、洗浄料などを用いて皮膚を洗い流す必要があった。一方、本開示の一態様に係る塗布型皮膜形成剤による皮膜は、架橋構造を有しているため、架橋構造を有さない皮膜に比べて皮膜強度に優れている。その結果、従来の化粧料によって形成された膜とは異なり、かかる皮膜を、皮膚から容易に剥がし得るといった利点も有している。 Furthermore, when conventional cosmetics are to be removed from the skin, it is necessary to wash the skin off with a cleanser or the like. On the other hand, the film formed by the application-type film-forming agent according to one embodiment of the present disclosure has a cross-linked structure, and therefore has superior film strength compared to films that do not have a cross-linked structure. As a result, unlike films formed by conventional cosmetics, this film has the advantage of being easily peelable from the skin.

 本開示における用語の定義は以下のとおりである。 The definitions of terms used in this disclosure are as follows:

 本開示において「粘度」とは、剪断応力又は引張応力のいずれかによって変形させられている流体の抵抗の尺度を指す。例えば、塗布型皮膜形成剤における第1剤及び第2剤の粘度は、基板の上に形成される層の厚さ、展延性、並びに均一性及び/又は一様性に影響を与える。粘度は、動的粘度(別名、絶対粘度、代表的な単位はPa・s、ポアズ、P、cPである。)又は運動学的粘度(代表的な単位はcm/s、ストーク、St、cstである。)のいずれかとして報告することができ、この運動学的粘度は、動的粘度を測定された流体の密度で割ったものである。本明細書に開示される成分の粘度範囲は、一般に、各成分の供給業者によって、レオメーター又はキャノン・フェンスケ(Cannon-Fenske)チューブ粘度計を用いて測定される運動学的粘度の単位(例えば、cst)として提供されるが、流体の粘度は、例えば、レオメーター(例えば、線形剪断レオメーター若しくは動的剪断レオメーター)又は粘度計(粘度測定計、例えば、毛細管粘度計もしくは回転粘度計とも呼ばれる)を用いて測定することもできる。 In this disclosure, "viscosity" refers to a measure of the resistance of a fluid to being deformed by either shear or tensile stress. For example, the viscosity of the first and second parts of a paint-on film former affects the thickness, spreadability, and uniformity and/or uniformity of the layer formed on a substrate. Viscosity can be reported as either dynamic viscosity (also known as absolute viscosity, typical units are Pa·s, poise, P, cP) or kinematic viscosity (typical units are cm 2 /s, stokes, St, cst), which is the dynamic viscosity divided by the density of the measured fluid. The viscosity ranges of the components disclosed herein are generally provided by the suppliers of each component in units of kinematic viscosity (e.g., cst) measured using a rheometer or a Cannon-Fenske tube viscometer, although the viscosity of a fluid can also be measured using, for example, a rheometer (e.g., a linear shear rheometer or a dynamic shear rheometer) or a viscometer (a viscometric meter, also called a capillary viscometer or a rotational viscometer).

 本開示における「架橋」には、一般に「硬化」と称する概念も包含される。 In this disclosure, "crosslinking" also includes the concept commonly referred to as "curing."

 本開示において「対象部位」とは、凹部欠陥の補正を発現させたい部位を意図する。 In this disclosure, the term "target area" refers to the area in which correction of the recess defect is desired to occur.

 本開示において「凹部欠陥の補正」とは、本開示の塗布型皮膜形成剤による皮膜を適用する前に比べ、皮膜を適用した後の皮膚における凹部欠陥が目立ちにくくなること、或いはかかる凹部欠陥が隠蔽されることを意図する。本開示において「凹部欠陥」とは、身体における凹状の欠点部位(例えば毛穴、皮溝、しわ、傷など)を意図する。ここで、「身体における凹状の欠点部位」とは、例えば、対象者が気になる身体の凹状部分、若しくは対象者が治したいと感じる身体の凹状部分、又は当業者、例えば、皮膚科医、エステティシャン又は整形外科医が、直した方がよいと考える対象者の身体の凹状部分を意味することができる。皮膚表面からの凹部の最大深さとしては特に制限はなく、例えば、50μm以上、80μm以上、100μm以上、150μm以上、又は200μm以上とすることができる。かかる最大深さの上限値としては特に制限はなく、例えば、2mm以下、1.5mm以下、1mm以下、800μm以下、500μm以下、又は300μm以下とすることができる。 In the present disclosure, "correction of concave defects" refers to making concave defects in the skin less noticeable after application of a film made from the applied-type film-forming agent of the present disclosure, or to concealing such concave defects. In the present disclosure, "concave defects" refers to concave defects in the body (e.g., pores, skin grooves, wrinkles, scars, etc.). Here, "concave defects in the body" can mean, for example, concave parts of the body that are of concern to the subject, or concave parts of the body that the subject feels would like to fix, or concave parts of the body of the subject that a person skilled in the art, for example, a dermatologist, esthetician, or plastic surgeon, believes should be fixed. There is no particular limit to the maximum depth of the concave from the skin surface, and it can be, for example, 50 μm or more, 80 μm or more, 100 μm or more, 150 μm or more, or 200 μm or more. There is no particular upper limit to this maximum depth, and it can be, for example, 2 mm or less, 1.5 mm or less, 1 mm or less, 800 μm or less, 500 μm or less, or 300 μm or less.

 本開示において「顔料級」とは、顔料として機能し得る大きさであることを意図する。顔料級粒子と、顔料級粒子以外の他の粒子とは、例えば、それらの大きさによって区別することができる。例えば、顔料級粒子の大きさは、静的光散乱法によって算出される平均粒子径によって規定することができ、かかる大きさとしては、例えば、100nm以上、150nm以上、200nm以上、250nm以上、300nm以上、350nm以上、又は400nm以上とすることができ、また、800nm以下、700nm以下、600nm以下、500nm以下、400nm以下、又は300nm以下とすることができる。したがって、例えば、同種の二酸化チタン粒子であっても、例えば、平均粒子径が300nmの二酸化チタン粒子は顔料級粒子として扱うことができ、80nmの二酸化チタン粒子は紫外線散乱粒子などとして扱うことができる。 In this disclosure, "pigment-grade" is intended to mean a size that can function as a pigment. Pigment-grade particles can be distinguished from particles other than pigment-grade particles, for example, by their size. For example, the size of pigment-grade particles can be defined by the average particle size calculated by static light scattering, and such a size can be, for example, 100 nm or more, 150 nm or more, 200 nm or more, 250 nm or more, 300 nm or more, 350 nm or more, or 400 nm or more, and can be 800 nm or less, 700 nm or less, 600 nm or less, 500 nm or less, 400 nm or less, or 300 nm or less. Therefore, for example, even if the titanium dioxide particles are the same type, titanium dioxide particles with an average particle size of 300 nm can be treated as pigment-grade particles, and titanium dioxide particles with an average particle size of 80 nm can be treated as ultraviolet scattering particles, etc.

《塗布型皮膜形成剤》
 本開示の一実施形態において、塗布型皮膜形成剤(単に「形成剤」と称する場合がある。)は、例えば、皮膜を構成する架橋反応性成分を含む第1剤と、この架橋反応性成分を架橋させる触媒を含む第2剤とを含む。第1剤及び第2剤のうちの少なくとも一方が、2.0以上の屈折率を有する顔料級粒子を0.01質量%以上1.5質量%未満含んでいる。本開示の一実施形態によれば、塗布型皮膜形成剤は、毛穴等の凹部欠陥に対して優れた補正効果を有するため、皮膚における凹部欠陥用、なかでも、毛穴補正用として好適に使用することができる。
<<Coating-type film-forming agent>>
In one embodiment of the present disclosure, the paint-on film-forming agent (sometimes simply referred to as a "former") includes, for example, a first agent containing a crosslinking reactive component that constitutes a film, and a second agent containing a catalyst that crosslinks the crosslinking reactive component. At least one of the first agent and the second agent contains 0.01% by mass or more and less than 1.5% by mass of pigment-grade particles having a refractive index of 2.0 or more. According to one embodiment of the present disclosure, the paint-on film-forming agent has an excellent correction effect on recess defects such as pores, and therefore can be suitably used for recess defects in the skin, particularly for pore correction.

 いくつかの実施態様において、塗布型皮膜形成剤の塗布性能は、B型粘度計(芝浦システム株式会社製、ビスメトロン)を用いた粘度で評価することができる。25℃、60回転/分(ローターNo.3又はNo.4)の条件で測定した本開示の一実施形態に係る塗布型皮膜形成剤における第1剤及び第2剤の作製直後の粘度は、例えば、100mPa・s以上、500mPa・s以上、1,000mPa・s以上、2,000mPa・s以上、5,000mPa・s以上、7,500mPa・s以上、10,000mPa・s以上、又は15,000mPa・s以上にすることができ、1,000,000mPa・s以下、750,000mPa・s以下、500,000mPa・s以下、250,000mPa・s以下、200,000mPa・s以下、175,000mPa・s以下、150,000mPa・s以下、125,000mPa・s以下、100,000mPa・s以下、又は80,000mPa・s以下にすることができる。なかでも、滑らかな塗布性能及び対象部位からの液だれ抑制等の観点から、塗布型皮膜形成剤の第1剤及び第2剤は、作製直後において、20,000mPa・s以下、15,000mPa・s以下、又は10,000mPa・s以下の粘度を有することが好ましく、3,000mPa・s以上、5,000mPa・s以上、又は7,000mPa・s以上の粘度を有することが好ましい。厚塗りする観点(すなわち、例えば厚さが50μm以上の皮膜を得る観点)から、塗布型皮膜形成剤における第1剤及び第2剤のうちの少なくとも一方、好ましくは第1剤は、作製直後において、10,000mPa・s以上、11,000mPa・s以上、又は12,000mPa・s以上の粘度を有することが好ましい。このときの粘度の上限値としては特に制限はなく、例えば、100,000mPa・s以下、80,000mPa・s以下、50,000mPa・s以下、又は30,000mPa・s以下とすることができる。 In some embodiments, the application performance of the paint-on film-forming agent can be evaluated by viscosity using a Brookfield viscometer (Shibaura Systems Co., Ltd., Vismetron). The viscosity of the first and second agents immediately after preparation in the paint-on film-forming agent according to one embodiment of the present disclosure, measured under conditions of 25°C and 60 rpm (rotor No. 3 or No. 4), is, for example, 100 mPa·s or more, 500 mPa·s or more, 1,000 mPa·s or more, 2,000 mPa·s or more, 5,000 mPa·s or more, 7,500 mPa·s or more, 10,000 mPa·s or more, or 15,000 mPa·s or more. The viscosity can be 1,000,000 mPa·s or more, and can be 1,000,000 mPa·s or less, 750,000 mPa·s or less, 500,000 mPa·s or less, 250,000 mPa·s or less, 200,000 mPa·s or less, 175,000 mPa·s or less, 150,000 mPa·s or less, 125,000 mPa·s or less, 100,000 mPa·s or less, or 80,000 mPa·s or less. In particular, from the viewpoint of smooth application performance and suppression of dripping from the target site, the first and second agents of the application-type film-forming agent preferably have a viscosity of 20,000 mPa·s or less, 15,000 mPa·s or less, or 10,000 mPa·s or less immediately after preparation, and preferably have a viscosity of 3,000 mPa·s or more, 5,000 mPa·s or more, or 7,000 mPa·s or more. From the viewpoint of thick application (i.e., from the viewpoint of obtaining a film having a thickness of, for example, 50 μm or more), at least one of the first and second agents in the application-type film-forming agent, preferably the first agent, preferably has a viscosity of 10,000 mPa·s or more, 11,000 mPa·s or more, or 12,000 mPa·s or more immediately after preparation. In this case, there is no particular upper limit to the viscosity, and it can be, for example, 100,000 mPa·s or less, 80,000 mPa·s or less, 50,000 mPa·s or less, or 30,000 mPa·s or less.

 いくつかの実施態様において、25℃、60回転/分(ローターNo.3)の条件で測定した本開示の一実施形態に係る塗布型皮膜形成剤における第1剤及び第2剤の2週間後の粘度は、滑らかな塗布性能及び対象部位からの液だれ抑制等の観点から、50,000mPa・s以下、30,000mPa・s以下、又は15,000mPa・s以下であることが好ましく、5,000mPa・s以上、7,000mPa・s以上、又は10,000mPa・s以上であることが好ましい。 In some embodiments, the viscosity of the first and second agents in the paint-on film-forming agent according to one embodiment of the present disclosure after two weeks, measured at 25°C and 60 rpm (rotor No. 3), is preferably 50,000 mPa·s or less, 30,000 mPa·s or less, or 15,000 mPa·s or less, and is preferably 5,000 mPa·s or more, 7,000 mPa·s or more, or 10,000 mPa·s or more, from the viewpoints of smooth application performance and suppression of dripping from the target area.

 他の実施形態において、塗布型皮膜形成剤(単に「形成剤」と称する場合がある。)は、例えば、後述するような粉末を含む。本実施形態において、粉末は、第1剤に含まれてもよく、第2剤に含まれてもよく、第1剤及び第2剤に含まれてもよい。上記の粉末は、2.0以上の屈折率を有する顔料級粒子(単に「顔料級粒子」と称する場合がある。)を含んでもよい。上記の粉末は、上記の顔料級粒子とは異なる粒子を含んでもよい。 In another embodiment, the paint-type film-forming agent (sometimes simply referred to as a "forming agent") includes, for example, a powder as described below. In this embodiment, the powder may be included in the first agent, may be included in the second agent, or may be included in the first agent and the second agent. The powder may include pigment-grade particles (sometimes simply referred to as "pigment-grade particles") having a refractive index of 2.0 or greater. The powder may include particles different from the pigment-grade particles.

 また、本実施形態において、塗布型皮膜形成剤は、不飽和オルガノポリシロキサンを含んでもよい。不飽和オルガノポリシロキサンと、粉末とが同一の系(例えば、第1剤又は第2剤である。)に含まれる場合、不飽和オルガノポリシロキサン及び粉末を含む系は、シリコーン系界面活性剤をさらに含んでよい。これにより、粉末の分散性が向上し得る。 In addition, in this embodiment, the coating-type film-forming agent may contain an unsaturated organopolysiloxane. When the unsaturated organopolysiloxane and the powder are contained in the same system (e.g., the first or second agent), the system containing the unsaturated organopolysiloxane and the powder may further contain a silicone-based surfactant. This can improve the dispersibility of the powder.

〈第1剤〉
 本開示の一実施形態において、塗布型皮膜形成剤は、皮膜を構成する架橋反応性成分を含む第1剤を含んでいる。
<First Agent>
In one embodiment of the present disclosure, the paint-type film-forming agent includes a first agent that includes a crosslinking reactive component that forms a film.

 上述のとおり、一実施形態において、第1剤は、上述した、2.0以上の屈折率を有する顔料級粒子(単に「顔料級粒子」と称する場合がある。)を含み得る。第1剤は、皮膜を構成する架橋反応性成分を含んでおり、最終的な皮膜を形成し得ることから、第1剤が、かかる顔料級粒子を含んでいると、凹部欠陥の補正効果及び自然な仕上がり性能をより向上させることができる。 As mentioned above, in one embodiment, the first agent may contain the above-mentioned pigment-class particles (sometimes simply referred to as "pigment-class particles") having a refractive index of 2.0 or greater. The first agent contains cross-linking reactive components that form a film, and can form a final film. Therefore, when the first agent contains such pigment-class particles, the effect of correcting recess defects and the natural finish performance can be further improved.

(2.0以上の屈折率を有する顔料級粒子)
 顔料級粒子の屈折率は、凹部欠陥の補正効果及び自然な仕上がり性能の観点から、2.0以上、2.1以上、2.2以上、2.3以上、又は2.4以上であることが好ましく、また、3.0以下、2.9以下、又は2.8以下であることが好ましい。ここで、顔料級粒子の屈折率は、例えば、JIS K 0062:1992に従って求めることができる。
(Pigment-grade particles with a refractive index of 2.0 or greater)
From the viewpoint of the effect of correcting recess defects and natural finish performance, the refractive index of the pigment-grade particles is preferably 2.0 or more, 2.1 or more, 2.2 or more, 2.3 or more, or 2.4 or more, and is preferably 3.0 or less, 2.9 or less, or 2.8 or less. Here, the refractive index of the pigment-grade particles can be determined, for example, in accordance with JIS K 0062:1992.

 第1剤がかかる顔料級粒子を含む場合、その配合量は、凹部欠陥の補正効果及び自然な仕上がり性能の観点から、第1剤全体に対し、0.01質量%以上、又は0.02質量%以上であることが好ましく、0.03質量%以上、0.04質量%以上、又は0.05質量%以上であることがより好ましく、1.5質量%未満、1.3質量%以下、1.0質量%以下、0.8質量%以下、0.5質量%以下、0.3質量%以下、0.1質量%以下、0.09質量%以下、0.08質量%以下、又は0.07質量%以下であることが好ましい。 When the first agent contains such pigment-class particles, the amount of the pigment-class particles is preferably 0.01% by mass or more, or 0.02% by mass or more, and more preferably 0.03% by mass or more, 0.04% by mass or more, or 0.05% by mass or more, based on the entire first agent, from the viewpoint of the effect of correcting recess defects and natural finish performance, and is preferably less than 1.5% by mass, 1.3% by mass or less, 1.0% by mass or less, 0.8% by mass or less, 0.5% by mass or less, 0.3% by mass or less, 0.1% by mass or less, 0.09% by mass or less, 0.08% by mass or less, or 0.07% by mass or less.

 顔料級粒子は、2.0以上の屈折率を有する限り特に制限はない。顔料級粒子としては、例えば、酸化チタン粒子、酸化鉄粒子、酸化マグネシウム粒子、酸化亜鉛粒子、酸化カルシウム粒子、リン酸カルシウム粒子、炭酸カルシウム粒子、酸化アルミニウム粒子、水酸化アルミニウム粒子、硫酸バリウム粒子、真珠光沢顔料、及びタルクからなる群から選択される少なくとも一種を挙げることができる。なかでも、凹部欠陥の補正効果及び自然な仕上がり性能の観点から、酸化チタン粒子が好ましい。顔料級粒子は、単独で又は二種以上組み合わせて使用することができる。 There are no particular limitations on the pigment-grade particles as long as they have a refractive index of 2.0 or more. Examples of pigment-grade particles include at least one selected from the group consisting of titanium oxide particles, iron oxide particles, magnesium oxide particles, zinc oxide particles, calcium oxide particles, calcium phosphate particles, calcium carbonate particles, aluminum oxide particles, aluminum hydroxide particles, barium sulfate particles, pearlescent pigments, and talc. Among these, titanium oxide particles are preferred from the viewpoint of the effect of correcting recess defects and natural finish performance. The pigment-grade particles can be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds.

 ここで、本開示において「真珠光沢顔料」とは、光輝性を呈する粒子を意図する。真珠光沢顔料は、典型的には、薄片状又は鱗片状のような平板状の形態を呈している。真珠光沢顔料としては、例えば、雲母チタン(マイカチタン)、酸化鉄被覆雲母チタン、カルミン被覆雲母チタン、カルミン・コンジョウ被覆雲母チタン、酸化鉄・カルミン処理雲母チタン、コンジョウ処理雲母チタン、酸化鉄・コンジョウ処理雲母チタン、酸化クロム処理雲母チタン、黒酸化チタン処理雲母チタン、アクリル樹脂被覆アルミニウム末、シリカ被覆アルミニウム末、酸化チタン被覆マイカ、酸化チタン被覆オキシ塩化ビスマス、酸化チタン被覆タルク、着色酸化チタン被覆マイカ、酸化チタン被覆合成マイカ、酸化チタン被覆シリカ、酸化チタン被覆アルミナ、酸化チタン被覆ガラス粉、ポリエチレンテレフタレート・ポリメチルメタクリレート積層フィルム末、オキシ塩化ビスマス、魚鱗箔、マイカを酸化鉄と酸化チタンで被覆したベンガラ酸化チタン被覆マイカ等の酸化鉄酸化チタン被覆マイカ、マイカと酸化チタン被覆層との間にシリカをはさんだ粉体中空状の酸化チタンを挙げることができる。 Here, in this disclosure, the term "pearlescent pigment" refers to particles that exhibit luster. Pearlescent pigments typically have a flat, flake-like or scaly morphology. Examples of pearlescent pigments include titanium mica, iron oxide-coated titanium mica, carmine-coated titanium mica, carmine- and malt-coated titanium mica, iron oxide- and carmine-treated titanium mica, malt-coated titanium mica, iron oxide- and malt-coated titanium mica, chromium oxide-treated titanium mica, black titanium oxide-treated titanium mica, acrylic resin-coated aluminum powder, silica-coated aluminum powder, titanium oxide-coated mica, titanium oxide-coated bismuth oxychloride, titanium oxide-coated talc, colored titanium oxide-coated mica, titanium oxide-coated synthetic mica, titanium oxide-coated silica, titanium oxide-coated alumina, titanium oxide-coated glass powder, polyethylene terephthalate-polymethyl methacrylate laminated film powder, bismuth oxychloride, fish scale foil, iron oxide-coated titanium oxide-coated mica such as red ocher titanium oxide-coated mica, which is mica coated with iron oxide and titanium oxide, and hollow titanium oxide powder with silica sandwiched between the mica and titanium oxide coating layer.

 真珠光沢顔料として、無色の真珠光沢顔料も使用することができる。かかる真珠光沢顔料としては、透明真珠光沢顔料(透明光輝性顔料)として知られている公知のものを使用することができる。例えば、ガラス粒子を基材として、その表面に酸化チタン等の高屈折率材料から構成される被膜を成形した真珠光沢顔料を挙げることができる。  Colorless pearlescent pigments can also be used as pearlescent pigments. Such pearlescent pigments can be known as transparent pearlescent pigments (transparent lustrous pigments). For example, pearlescent pigments can be made by forming a coating made of a high refractive index material such as titanium oxide on the surface of glass particles as a base material.

 顔料級粒子は、疎水化処理が施されてもよい。疎水化処理された顔料級粒子(疎水性顔料級粒子)は、皮膜中に均一に分散しやすくなるため、凹部欠陥の補正効果及び自然な仕上がり性能をより向上させることができる。 Pigment-grade particles may be subjected to a hydrophobic treatment. Pigment-grade particles that have been hydrophobized (hydrophobic pigment-grade particles) tend to disperse evenly in the coating, which can improve the effect of correcting recess defects and the natural finish performance.

 顔料級粒子の疎水化処理としては特に制限はなく、かかる粒子の表面を有機化合物によって修飾して疎水化する任意の処理、例えば、メチルハイドロジェンポリシロキサン、ジメチルポリシロキサン(ジメチコン)、アルキルシラン等によるシリコーン系処理又はシラン系処理;パーフルオロアルキルリン酸エステル、パーフルオロアルコール等によるフッ素系処理;アルキルチタネート等によるチタネート系処理;N-アシルグルタミン酸等によるアミノ酸処理等が挙げられ、その他、レシチン処理;金属石鹸処理;脂肪酸処理;アルキルリン酸エステル処理が挙げられる。疎水化処理は単独で又は複数組み合わせて使用することができる。また、疎水化処理は疎水化処理剤を用いて実施することができる。 There are no particular limitations on the hydrophobic treatment of pigment-grade particles, and any treatment that modifies the surface of such particles with an organic compound to make them hydrophobic can be used, such as silicone-based or silane-based treatments using methylhydrogenpolysiloxane, dimethylpolysiloxane (dimethicone), alkylsilane, etc.; fluorine-based treatments using perfluoroalkyl phosphate esters, perfluoroalcohols, etc.; titanate-based treatments using alkyl titanates, etc.; amino acid treatments using N-acylglutamic acid, etc., and other examples include lecithin treatments; metal soap treatments; fatty acid treatments; and alkyl phosphate ester treatments. The hydrophobic treatments can be used alone or in combination. The hydrophobic treatment can also be carried out using a hydrophobic treatment agent.

 疎水化処理剤としてのシリコーンとしては、例えば、メチルハイドロジェンポリシロキサン(ジメチコン/メチコン)コポリマー等の水素-ケイ素結合を有する公知のシリコーン等を挙げることができる。また、反応基としてアルコキシ基-ケイ素結合を有する、トリエトキシシリルエチルポリジメチルシロキシエチルジメチコン、トリエトキシシリルエチルポリジメチルシロキシエチルヘキシルジメチコンなども挙げることができる。この他に、ジメチルポリシロキサンなども使用することができる。 Examples of silicones that can be used as hydrophobic treatment agents include known silicones that have hydrogen-silicon bonds, such as methylhydrogenpolysiloxane (dimethicone/methicone) copolymer. Other examples include triethoxysilylethyl polydimethylsiloxyethyl dimethicone and triethoxysilylethyl polydimethylsiloxyethylhexyl dimethicone, which have an alkoxy group-silicon bond as a reactive group. In addition, dimethylpolysiloxane can also be used.

 シラン系処理剤としては、例えば、有機基を導入したシリル化剤、シランカップリング剤を挙げることができ、例えば、トリエトキシカプリリルシランを挙げることができる。 Silane-based treatment agents include, for example, silylating agents with organic groups introduced therein and silane coupling agents, such as triethoxycaprylylsilane.

 チタネート系処理剤としては、例えば、アルキルチタネート、ピロリン酸型のチタネート、亜リン酸型のチタネート、アミノ酸型のチタネート等のチタンカップリング剤を挙げることができる。 Titanate-based treatment agents include, for example, titanium coupling agents such as alkyl titanates, pyrophosphate-type titanates, phosphorous-type titanates, and amino acid-type titanates.

 いくつかの実施態様において、本開示の第1剤は、かかる架橋反応性成分として、第1の不飽和オルガノポリシロキサン及び第1のヒドリド官能化ポリシロキサンからなる群から選択される少なくとも一種を含んでいる。良好な皮膜を得る観点から、第1剤が、第1の不飽和オルガノポリシロキサン及び第1のヒドリド官能化ポリシロキサンのうち、第1の不飽和オルガノポリシロキサンのみを含む場合には、本開示の形成剤における第2剤は、第2のヒドリド官能化ポリシロキサンを含み、また、第1剤が、第1の不飽和オルガノポリシロキサン及び第1のヒドリド官能化ポリシロキサンのうち、第1のヒドリド官能化ポリシロキサンのみを含む場合には、第2剤は、第2の不飽和オルガノポリシロキサンを含むことが好ましい。より良好な皮膜を得る観点から、第1剤には、第1の不飽和オルガノポリシロキサン及び第1のヒドリド官能化ポリシロキサンの両方が含まれていることが好ましい。 In some embodiments, the first agent of the present disclosure contains at least one selected from the group consisting of a first unsaturated organopolysiloxane and a first hydride-functionalized polysiloxane as such a crosslinking reactive component. From the viewpoint of obtaining a good coating, when the first agent contains only the first unsaturated organopolysiloxane among the first unsaturated organopolysiloxane and the first hydride-functionalized polysiloxane, the second agent in the forming agent of the present disclosure contains the second hydride-functionalized polysiloxane, and when the first agent contains only the first hydride-functionalized polysiloxane among the first unsaturated organopolysiloxane and the first hydride-functionalized polysiloxane, it is preferable that the second agent contains the second unsaturated organopolysiloxane. From the viewpoint of obtaining a better coating, it is preferable that the first agent contains both the first unsaturated organopolysiloxane and the first hydride-functionalized polysiloxane.

 第1剤の剤型としては特に制限はなく、例えば、油相で構成された単相系、非乳化型の水中油型若しくは油中水型の二相系の形態、又は水中油型乳化組成物若しくは油中水型乳化組成物の形態で構成された二相系であってもよい。ここで、油相で構成された単相系とは、典型的には無水の形態である。本開示において「無水」とは、組成物中に水が含まれていないことを意図することに加え、水の含有量が低量、即ち、10質量%以下、5質量%以下、2質量%以下、1質量%以下、0.1質量%以下、又は0.01質量%以下であることも意図する。また、非乳化型の二相系とは、水と油に分離した状態の液体を振とうさせることによって、油を含む分散媒中に水滴を強制的に分散させた油中水型の組成物、又は水を含む分散媒中に油滴を強制的に分散させた水中油型の組成物が包含され得る。 The dosage form of the first agent is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, a single-phase system composed of an oil phase, a non-emulsified oil-in-water or water-in-oil two-phase system, or a two-phase system composed of an oil-in-water emulsion composition or a water-in-oil emulsion composition. Here, a single-phase system composed of an oil phase is typically an anhydrous form. In this disclosure, "anhydrous" not only means that the composition does not contain water, but also means that the water content is low, i.e., 10% by mass or less, 5% by mass or less, 2% by mass or less, 1% by mass or less, 0.1% by mass or less, or 0.01% by mass or less. In addition, a non-emulsified two-phase system may include a water-in-oil composition in which water droplets are forcibly dispersed in a dispersion medium containing oil by shaking a liquid in a state in which the water and oil are separated, or an oil-in-water composition in which oil droplets are forcibly dispersed in a dispersion medium containing water.

 これらの各剤型は、架橋反応性成分と、任意に、後述するような、油分、乳化剤、及び水などの公知の材料とを用い、常法によって適宜調製することができる。 Each of these formulations can be prepared appropriately by conventional methods using a crosslinking reactive component and, optionally, known materials such as oils, emulsifiers, and water, as described below.

 第1剤は、対象部位(例えば顔)に対して塗布などによって適用されるため、塗布性能の観点から、体温以下のガラス転移温度を有することが好ましい。例えば、ガラス転移温度は、37℃以下、25℃以下、10℃以下、又は0℃以下にすることができる。ガラス転移温度の下限値については特に制限はないが、例えば、-30℃以上、-20℃以上、又は-10℃以上とすることができる。ここで、「ガラス転移温度」とは、固体状態から液体状態への転移が起こる温度を指し、例えば、ASTM D3418-03に準拠した示差走査熱量計(DSC)を用いて測定することができる。 The first agent is applied to the target area (e.g., the face) by painting, etc., and therefore, from the viewpoint of application performance, it preferably has a glass transition temperature below body temperature. For example, the glass transition temperature can be 37°C or lower, 25°C or lower, 10°C or lower, or 0°C or lower. There is no particular restriction on the lower limit of the glass transition temperature, but it can be, for example, -30°C or higher, -20°C or higher, or -10°C or higher. Here, "glass transition temperature" refers to the temperature at which a transition from a solid state to a liquid state occurs, and can be measured, for example, using a differential scanning calorimeter (DSC) in accordance with ASTM D3418-03.

(第1の不飽和オルガノポリシロキサン)
 第1の不飽和オルガノポリシロキサンとしては特に制限はなく、不飽和部を有するオルガノポリシロキサン、例えば、少なくとも2つの炭素-炭素二重結合又は少なくとも1つの炭素-炭素三重結合を分子内に有する一種以上のオルガノポリシロキサンを挙げることができる。かかる不飽和オルガノポリシロキサンとして好ましくは、平均して少なくとも2つのアルケニル官能基(例えばビニル官能基)を有し、かつ25℃で1,000~2,000,000cstの粘度を有する一種以上のオルガノポリシロキサンを挙げることができる。ここで、本開示における「不飽和部」とは、「炭素-炭素二重結合」及び「炭素-炭素三重結合」を有する部分を意味し、これらは単に「二重結合」及び「三重結合」と称する場合がある。第1の不飽和オルガノポリシロキサンは、単独で又は二種以上組み合わせて使用することができる。
(First Unsaturated Organopolysiloxane)
The first unsaturated organopolysiloxane is not particularly limited, and may be an organopolysiloxane having an unsaturated portion, for example, one or more organopolysiloxanes having at least two carbon-carbon double bonds or at least one carbon-carbon triple bond in the molecule. As such an unsaturated organopolysiloxane, preferably, one or more organopolysiloxanes having at least two alkenyl functional groups (e.g., vinyl functional groups) on average and having a viscosity of 1,000 to 2,000,000 cst at 25°C may be mentioned. Here, the "unsaturated portion" in the present disclosure means a portion having a "carbon-carbon double bond" and a "carbon-carbon triple bond", which may be simply referred to as a "double bond" and a "triple bond". The first unsaturated organopolysiloxane may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds.

 このようなオルガノポリシロキサンは、不飽和部(二重結合部分又は三重結合部分)を、ポリマーの末端単位に、ポリマーの非末端モノマー単位に、又はこれらの組合せにおいて含んでもよい。 Such organopolysiloxanes may contain unsaturation (double or triple bond moieties) in the terminal units of the polymer, in the non-terminal monomer units of the polymer, or in a combination thereof.

 ある実施態様では、オルガノポリシロキサン中の二重結合含有モノマー単位は、平均して、40モノマー単位以上、200モノマー単位以上、400モノマー単位以上、1,000モノマー単位以上、又は2,000モノマー単位以上離れていてもよい。 In some embodiments, the double bond-containing monomer units in the organopolysiloxane may be spaced apart, on average, by 40 monomer units or more, 200 monomer units or more, 400 monomer units or more, 1,000 monomer units or more, or 2,000 monomer units or more.

 ある実施態様では、不飽和オルガノポリシロキサンの不飽和部の含有量は、0.001mmol/g以上、0.005mmol/g以上、0.010mmol/g以上、0.050mmol/g以上、又は0.10mmol/g以上にすることができ、5.0mmol/g以下、3.0mmol/g以下、1.0mmol/g以下、0.50mmol/g以下、0.40mmol/g以下、0.30mmol/g以下、0.25mmol/g以下、0.20mmol/g以下、又は0.15mmol/g以下にすることができる。オルガノポリシロキサン中の不飽和部の近似モル量は、オルガノポリシロキサンの平均分子量に基づいて計算することができる。 In some embodiments, the content of unsaturated moieties in the unsaturated organopolysiloxane can be 0.001 mmol/g or more, 0.005 mmol/g or more, 0.010 mmol/g or more, 0.050 mmol/g or more, or 0.10 mmol/g or more, and can be 5.0 mmol/g or less, 3.0 mmol/g or less, 1.0 mmol/g or less, 0.50 mmol/g or less, 0.40 mmol/g or less, 0.30 mmol/g or less, 0.25 mmol/g or less, 0.20 mmol/g or less, or 0.15 mmol/g or less. The approximate molar amount of unsaturated moieties in the organopolysiloxane can be calculated based on the average molecular weight of the organopolysiloxane.

 ある実施態様では、第1の不飽和オルガノポリシロキサンは、25℃で、500~2,000,000cstの粘度を有することができる。かかる粘度の下限値としては、700cst以上、1,000cst以上、3,000cst以上、5,000cst以上、10,000cst以上、20,000cst以上、40,000cst以上、60,000cst以上、80,000cst以上、100,000cst以上、125,000cst以上、又は150,000cst以上とすることができる。粘度の上限値としては、1,000,000cst以下、500,000cst以下、450,000cst以下、400,000cst以下、350,000cst以下、300,000cst以下、250,000cst以下、200,000cst以下、180,000cst以下、170,000cst以下、又は165,000cst以下とすることができる。 In one embodiment, the first unsaturated organopolysiloxane can have a viscosity of 500 to 2,000,000 cst at 25° C. The lower limit of the viscosity can be 700 cst or more, 1,000 cst or more, 3,000 cst or more, 5,000 cst or more, 10,000 cst or more, 20,000 cst or more, 40,000 cst or more, 60,000 cst or more, 80,000 cst or more, 100,000 cst or more, 125,000 cst or more, or 150,000 cst or more. The upper limit of the viscosity can be 1,000,000 cst or less, 500,000 cst or less, 450,000 cst or less, 400,000 cst or less, 350,000 cst or less, 300,000 cst or less, 250,000 cst or less, 200,000 cst or less, 180,000 cst or less, 170,000 cst or less, or 165,000 cst or less.

 ある実施態様では、第1の不飽和オルガノポリシロキサンは、30,000Da~500,000Daの平均分子量を有することができる。かかる平均分子量の下限値としては、35,000Da以上、40,000Da以上、50,000Da以上、60,000Da以上、72,000Da以上、84,000Da以上、96,000Da以上、又は100,000Da以上であることが好ましく、140,000Da以上又は150,000Da以上であることがより好ましい。平均分子量の上限値としては、200,000Da以下、190,000Da以下、180,000Da以下、又は170,000Da以下であることが好ましく、160,000Da以下であることがより好ましく、155,000Da以下がさらに好ましい。本開示における平均分子量は、ゲル浸透クロマトグラフ(GPC)法により求めることができる。 In one embodiment, the first unsaturated organopolysiloxane can have an average molecular weight of 30,000 Da to 500,000 Da. The lower limit of the average molecular weight is preferably 35,000 Da or more, 40,000 Da or more, 50,000 Da or more, 60,000 Da or more, 72,000 Da or more, 84,000 Da or more, 96,000 Da or more, or 100,000 Da or more, and more preferably 140,000 Da or more or 150,000 Da or more. The upper limit of the average molecular weight is preferably 200,000 Da or less, 190,000 Da or less, 180,000 Da or less, or 170,000 Da or less, more preferably 160,000 Da or less, and even more preferably 155,000 Da or less. The average molecular weight in this disclosure can be determined by gel permeation chromatography (GPC).

 第1の不飽和オルガノポリシロキサンとして、例えば、ビニル基を有するオルガノポリシロキサン、ビニル末端化されたオルガノポリシロキサン、及びビニル化された分岐鎖を有するオルガノポリシロキサンからなる群から選択される少なくとも一種の不飽和オルガノポリシロキサンを使用することができる。 As the first unsaturated organopolysiloxane, for example, at least one unsaturated organopolysiloxane selected from the group consisting of organopolysiloxanes having vinyl groups, vinyl-terminated organopolysiloxanes, and vinylated branched organopolysiloxanes can be used.

 第1の不飽和オルガノポリシロキサンとして、具体的には、例えば、ビニル末端ポリジメチルシロキサン、ビニル末端ジフェニルシロキサン-ジメチルシロキサンコポリマー、ビニル末端ポリフェニルメチルシロキサン、ビニルフェニルメチル末端ビニルフェニルシロキサン-フェニルメチルシロキサンコポリマー、ビニル末端トリフルオロプロピルメチルシロキサン-ジメチルシロキサンコポリマー、ビニル末端ジエチルシロキサン-ジメチルシロキサンコポリマー、ビニルメチルシロキサン-ジメチルシロキサンコポリマー、トリメチルシロキシ末端ビニルメチルシロキサン-ジメチルシロキサンコポリマー、シラノール末端ビニルメチルシロキサン-ジメチルシロキサンコポリマー、ビニルメチルシロキサンホモポリマー、ビニルT-構造ポリマー、ビニルQ-構造ポリマー、モノビニル末端ポリジメチルシロキサン、ビニルメチルシロキサンターポリマー、及びビニルメトキシシランホモポリマーを挙げることができる。第1の不飽和オルガノポリシロキサンは、単独で又は二種以上組み合わせて使用することができる。なかでも、ビニル末端ポリジメチルシロキサンが好ましく、ビニルジメチコン(ジビニルジメチコン)がより好ましい。本開示において「末端」とは、片末端及び両末端のいずれかを意図している。これらを区別する場合には、例えば、「ビニル片末端」、「ビニル両末端」と表記することができる。 Specific examples of the first unsaturated organopolysiloxane include vinyl-terminated polydimethylsiloxane, vinyl-terminated diphenylsiloxane-dimethylsiloxane copolymer, vinyl-terminated polyphenylmethylsiloxane, vinylphenylmethyl-terminated vinylphenylsiloxane-phenylmethylsiloxane copolymer, vinyl-terminated trifluoropropylmethylsiloxane-dimethylsiloxane copolymer, vinyl-terminated diethylsiloxane-dimethylsiloxane copolymer, vinylmethylsiloxane-dimethylsiloxane copolymer, trimethylsiloxy-terminated vinylmethylsiloxane-dimethylsiloxane copolymer, silanol-terminated vinylmethylsiloxane-dimethylsiloxane copolymer, vinylmethylsiloxane homopolymer, vinyl T-structure polymer, vinyl Q-structure polymer, monovinyl-terminated polydimethylsiloxane, vinylmethylsiloxane terpolymer, and vinylmethoxysilane homopolymer. The first unsaturated organopolysiloxane can be used alone or in combination of two or more. Among these, vinyl-terminated polydimethylsiloxane is preferred, and vinyl dimethicone (divinyl dimethicone) is more preferred. In this disclosure, "terminal" refers to either one terminal or both terminals. When distinguishing between these, it can be written as "vinyl one terminal" or "vinyl both terminals", for example.

 第1剤中における第1の不飽和オルガノポリシロキサンの配合量としては、例えば、第1剤全体に対し、5.0質量%以上、10質量%以上、20質量%以上、25質量%以上、30質量%以上、35質量%以上、又は40質量%以上とすることができ、90質量%以下、85質量%以下、80質量%以下、75質量%以下、70質量%以下、65質量%以下、60質量%以下、55質量%以下、50質量%以下、又は45質量%以下とすることができる。第1の不飽和オルガノポリシロキサンは、このような範囲において適宜使用することができる。 The amount of the first unsaturated organopolysiloxane in the first agent can be, for example, 5.0% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, 20% by mass or more, 25% by mass or more, 30% by mass or more, 35% by mass or more, or 40% by mass or more, and can be 90% by mass or less, 85% by mass or less, 80% by mass or less, 75% by mass or less, 70% by mass or less, 65% by mass or less, 60% by mass or less, 55% by mass or less, 50% by mass or less, or 45% by mass or less, relative to the entire first agent. The first unsaturated organopolysiloxane can be used appropriately within such ranges.

(第1のヒドリド官能化ポリシロキサン)
 第1のヒドリド官能化ポリシロキサンとしては特に制限はなく、ヒドリド官能化部を有するポリシロキサン、例えば、以下の式1の化合物を挙げることができる。第1のヒドリド官能化ポリシロキサンは単独で又は二種以上組み合わせて使用することができる:
First Hydride-Functionalized Polysiloxane
The first hydride-functionalized polysiloxane is not particularly limited, and may be a polysiloxane having a hydride-functionalized moiety, such as a compound represented by the following formula 1. The first hydride-functionalized polysiloxane may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds:

 式1中、R1b、R2b、R3b、R4b、R5b、R6b、R7b、R8b、R9b及びR10bは、それぞれ独立して、水素、C1-20アルキル、C2-20アルケニル、C5-10アリール、ヒドロキシル、又はC1-20アルコキシから選択され、m及びnは、それぞれ独立して、10~6,000の整数である。但し、R1b、R2b、R3b、R4b、R5b、R6b、R7b、R8b、R9b及びR10bの少なくとも1つは水素である。 In formula 1, R 1b , R 2b , R 3b , R 4b , R 5b , R 6b , R 7b , R 8b , R 9b and R 10b are each independently selected from hydrogen, C 1-20 alkyl, C 2-20 alkenyl, C 5-10 aryl, hydroxyl, or C 1-20 alkoxy, and m and n are each independently an integer from 10 to 6,000, provided that at least one of R 1b , R 2b , R 3b , R 4b , R 5b , R 6b , R 7b , R 8b , R 9b and R 10b is hydrogen.

 いくつかの実施態様において、R1b、R2b、R3b、R4b、R5b、R6b、R7b、R8b、R9b及びR10bの少なくとも1つは水素であり、残りはC1-20アルキルである。 In some embodiments, at least one of R 1b , R 2b , R 3b , R 4b , R 5b , R 6b , R 7b , R 8b , R 9b and R 10b is hydrogen, and the remainder are C 1-20 alkyl.

 いくつかの実施態様において、R1b、R2b、R3b、R4b、R5b、R6b、R7b、R8b、R9b及びR10bの少なくとも2つは水素である(例えば、官能化ヒドリドポリシロキサン分子当たり2個のSi-H単位)。 In some embodiments, at least two of R 1b , R 2b , R 3b , R 4b , R 5b , R 6b , R 7b , R 8b , R 9b and R 10b are hydrogen (e.g., two Si—H units per functionalized hydridopolysiloxane molecule).

 他の実施態様において、R1b、R2b、R3b、R4b、R5b、R6b、R7b、R8b、R9b及びR10bの少なくとも3つは水素(例えば、官能化ヒドリドポリシロキサン分子当たり3個のSi-H単位)である。 In other embodiments, at least three of R 1b , R 2b , R 3b , R 4b , R 5b , R 6b , R 7b , R 8b , R 9b and R 10b are hydrogen (e.g., three Si—H units per functionalized hydridopolysiloxane molecule).

 いくつかの実施態様において、R1b、R2b、R3b、R4b、R5b、R6b、R7b、R8b、R9b及びR10bの少なくとも2つは水素(例えば、官能化ヒドリドポリシロキサン分子当たり2個のSi-H単位)であり、残りはC1-20アルキルである。 In some embodiments, at least two of R 1b , R 2b , R 3b , R 4b , R 5b , R 6b , R 7b , R 8b , R 9b and R 10b are hydrogen (e.g., two Si—H units per functionalized hydridopolysiloxane molecule), and the remainder are C 1-20 alkyl.

 他の実施態様において、R1b、R2b、R3b、R4b、R5b、R6b、R7b、R8b、R9b及びR10bの少なくとも3つは水素(例えば、官能化ヒドリドポリシロキサン分子当たり3個のSi-H単位)であり、残りはC1-20アルキルである。 In other embodiments, at least three of R 1b , R 2b , R 3b , R 4b , R 5b , R 6b , R 7b , R 8b , R 9b and R 10b are hydrogen (e.g., three Si—H units per functionalized hydridopolysiloxane molecule), and the remainder are C 1-20 alkyl.

 いくつかの実施態様において、R4b、R5b、R9b及びR10bの少なくとも2つは水素(例えば、官能化ヒドリドポリシロキサン分子当たり2個のSi-H単位)であり、残りはC1-20アルキルである。 In some embodiments, at least two of R 4b , R 5b , R 9b and R 10b are hydrogen (eg, two Si—H units per functionalized hydridopolysiloxane molecule), and the remainder are C 1-20 alkyl.

 他の実施態様において、R4b、R5b、R9b及びR10bの少なくとも3つは水素(例えば、官能化ヒドリドポリシロキサン分子当たり3個のSi-H単位)であり、残りはC1-20アルキルである。 In other embodiments, at least three of R 4b , R 5b , R 9b and R 10b are hydrogen (eg, three Si—H units per functionalized hydridopolysiloxane molecule), and the remainder are C 1-20 alkyl.

 いくつかの実施態様において、m及びnの合計は、10~1,300、10~1,100、10~600、15~500、15~400、20~300、20~200、25~100、25~75、30~50、又は40~45の整数である。 In some embodiments, the sum of m and n is an integer between 10 and 1,300, between 10 and 1,100, between 10 and 600, between 15 and 500, between 15 and 400, between 20 and 300, between 20 and 200, between 25 and 100, between 25 and 75, between 30 and 50, or between 40 and 45.

 いくつかの実施態様において、第1のヒドリド官能化ポリシロキサンとして、非末端及び/又は末端で水素化されたオルガノポリシロキサンを挙げることができ、少なくとも2つのSi-H単位を分子内に有する一種以上のオルガノポリシロキサンから構成され、好ましくは、平均して少なくとも2つのSi-H単位を有し、かつ25℃で2~100,000cstの粘度を有する一種以上のオルガノポリシロキサンを挙げることができる。 In some embodiments, the first hydride-functionalized polysiloxane can be a non-terminally and/or terminally hydrogenated organopolysiloxane, which is composed of one or more organopolysiloxanes having at least two Si-H units in the molecule, and preferably one or more organopolysiloxanes having an average of at least two Si-H units and a viscosity of 2 to 100,000 cst at 25°C.

 ある実施態様では、Si-H単位を有するオルガノポリシロキサンは、このようなSi-H単位を、ポリマーの末端単位に、ポリマーの非末端モノマー単位に、又はこれらの組合せにおいて含んでもよい。なかでも、Si-H単位は、ポリマーの非末端モノマー単位に含むことが好ましい。この場合の第1のヒドリド官能化ポリシロキサンは、アルキル末端化されていてもよい。例えば、式1中、R2b及びR7bの1つ又は両方が、C1-20アルキルであってもよい。 In an embodiment, the organopolysiloxane having Si—H units may contain such Si—H units in a terminal unit of the polymer, in a non-terminal monomer unit of the polymer, or in a combination thereof. Of these, it is preferred that the Si—H units are contained in a non-terminal monomer unit of the polymer. In this case, the first hydride-functionalized polysiloxane may be alkyl-terminated. For example, in formula 1, one or both of R 2b and R 7b may be a C 1-20 alkyl.

 一実施態様において、式1中、R1b、R2b、R3b、R6b、R7b及びR8bの1つ、2つ、3つ、4つ、5つ又は6つが、C1-20アルキルであってもよい。 In one embodiment, in formula 1, one, two, three, four, five or six of R 1b , R 2b , R 3b , R 6b , R 7b and R 8b may be C 1-20 alkyl.

 一実施態様において、R1b、R2b、R3b、R4b、R5b、R6b、R7b、R8b及びR10bは、それぞれC1-20アルキル、例えば、Cアルキル(例えば、メチル)であり、R9bは水素であってもよい。 In one embodiment, R 1b , R 2b , R 3b , R 4b , R 5b , R 6b , R 7b , R 8b and R 10b are each C 1-20 alkyl, for example C 1 alkyl (for example methyl), and R 9b may be hydrogen.

 一実施態様において、R1b、R2b、R3b、R4b、R5b、R6b、R7b、R8b及びR9bは、それぞれC1-20アルキル、例えば、Cアルキル(例えば、メチル)であり、R10bは水素であってもよい。 In one embodiment, R 1b , R 2b , R 3b , R 4b , R 5b , R 6b , R 7b , R 8b and R 9b are each C 1-20 alkyl, for example C 1 alkyl (for example methyl), and R 10b may be hydrogen.

 ある実施態様では、オルガノポリシロキサン中のSi-H含有モノマー単位は、平均して、1モノマー単位以上、2モノマー単位以上、5モノマー単位以上、10モノマー単位以上、20モノマー単位以上、40モノマー単位以上、200モノマー単位以上、400モノマー単位以上、1,000モノマー単位以上、又は2,000モノマー単位以上離れていてもよい。 In some embodiments, the Si-H containing monomer units in the organopolysiloxane may be spaced apart, on average, by 1 monomer unit or more, 2 monomer units or more, 5 monomer units or more, 10 monomer units or more, 20 monomer units or more, 40 monomer units or more, 200 monomer units or more, 400 monomer units or more, 1,000 monomer units or more, or 2,000 monomer units or more.

 ある実施態様では、Si-H単位を有するオルガノポリシロキサンのSi-H含有量は、0.10mmol/g以上、0.50mmol/g以上、1.0mmol/g以上、2.0mmol/g以上、3.0mmol/g以上、又は4.0mmol/g以上にすることができ、20mmol/g以下、10mmol/g以下、9.0mmol/g以下、8.0mmol/g以下、7.0mmol/g以下、6.0mmol/g以下、又は5.0mmol/g以下にすることができる。オルガノポリシロキサン中のSi-H単位の近似モル量は、オルガノポリシロキサンの平均分子量に基づいて計算することができる。 In some embodiments, the Si-H content of the organopolysiloxane having Si-H units can be 0.10 mmol/g or more, 0.50 mmol/g or more, 1.0 mmol/g or more, 2.0 mmol/g or more, 3.0 mmol/g or more, or 4.0 mmol/g or more, and can be 20 mmol/g or less, 10 mmol/g or less, 9.0 mmol/g or less, 8.0 mmol/g or less, 7.0 mmol/g or less, 6.0 mmol/g or less, or 5.0 mmol/g or less. The approximate molar amount of Si-H units in the organopolysiloxane can be calculated based on the average molecular weight of the organopolysiloxane.

 ある実施態様では、第1のヒドリド官能化ポリシロキサンは、25℃で、2~500,000cstの粘度を有することができる。かかる粘度の下限値としては、3cst以上、4cst以上、5cst以上、10cst以上、12cst以上、15cst以上、20cst以上、25cst以上、又は30cst以上であることが好ましく、40cst以上であることがより好ましい。粘度の上限値としては、200,000cst以下、100,000cst以下、50,000cst以下、20,000cst以下、10,000cst以下、5,000cst以下、2,000cst以下、又は1,000cst以下であることが好ましく、500cst以下であることがより好ましい。ヒドリド官能化ポリシロキサンの粘度としては、25℃で、45~100cst、又は45~50cstの範囲が特に好ましい。 In one embodiment, the first hydride-functionalized polysiloxane can have a viscosity of 2 to 500,000 cst at 25° C. The lower limit of the viscosity is preferably 3 cst or more, 4 cst or more, 5 cst or more, 10 cst or more, 12 cst or more, 15 cst or more, 20 cst or more, 25 cst or more, or 30 cst or more, and more preferably 40 cst or more. The upper limit of the viscosity is preferably 200,000 cst or less, 100,000 cst or less, 50,000 cst or less, 20,000 cst or less, 10,000 cst or less, 5,000 cst or less, 2,000 cst or less, or 1,000 cst or less, and more preferably 500 cst or less. The viscosity of the hydride-functionalized polysiloxane is particularly preferably in the range of 45 to 100 cst or 45 to 50 cst at 25°C.

 ある実施態様では、ヒドリド官能化ポリシロキサンは、400~500,000Daの平均分子量を有することができる。かかる平均分子量の下限値としては、500Da以上、800Da以上、900Da以上、1,000Da以上、1,200Da以上、1,400Da以上、1,600Da以上、1,800Da以上、2,000Da以上、又は2,200Da以上であることが好ましく、2,300Da以上であることがより好ましい。平均分子量の上限値としては、250,000Da以下、140,000Da以下、100,000Da以下、72,000Da以下、62,700Da以下、60,000Da以下、50,000Da以下、49,500Da以下、36,000Da以下、28,000Da以下、25,000Da以下、20,000Da以下、15,000Da以下、10,000Da以下、5,000Da以下、又は4,000Da以下であることが好ましく、2,500Da以下であることがより好ましい。 In one embodiment, the hydride-functionalized polysiloxane can have an average molecular weight of 400 to 500,000 Da. The lower limit of the average molecular weight is preferably 500 Da or more, 800 Da or more, 900 Da or more, 1,000 Da or more, 1,200 Da or more, 1,400 Da or more, 1,600 Da or more, 1,800 Da or more, 2,000 Da or more, or 2,200 Da or more, and more preferably 2,300 Da or more. The upper limit of the average molecular weight is preferably 250,000 Da or less, 140,000 Da or less, 100,000 Da or less, 72,000 Da or less, 62,700 Da or less, 60,000 Da or less, 50,000 Da or less, 49,500 Da or less, 36,000 Da or less, 28,000 Da or less, 25,000 Da or less, 20,000 Da or less, 15,000 Da or less, 10,000 Da or less, 5,000 Da or less, or 4,000 Da or less, and more preferably 2,500 Da or less.

 第1のヒドリド官能化ポリシロキサンは、次のものに限定されないが、例えば、ヒドリド末端ポリジメチルシロキサン、ヒドリド末端ポリフェニル-(ジメチルヒドロシロキシ)シロキサン、ヒドリド末端メチルヒドロシロキサン-フェニルメチルシロキサンコポリマー、トリメチルシロキシ末端メチルヒドロシロキサン-ジメチルシロキサンコポリマー、ポリメチルヒドロシロキサン、トリメチルシロキシ末端ポリエチルヒドロシロキサン、トリエチルシロキサン、メチルヒドロシロキサン-フェニルオクチルメチルシロキサンコポリマー、及びメチルヒドロシロキサン-フェニルオクチルメチルシロキサンターポリマーからなる群から選択される少なくとも一種を採用することができる。なかでも、ヒドリド末端ポリジメチルシロキサンが好ましく、ハイドロゲンジメチコンがより好ましい。 The first hydride-functionalized polysiloxane may be, but is not limited to, at least one selected from the group consisting of hydride-terminated polydimethylsiloxane, hydride-terminated polyphenyl-(dimethylhydrosiloxy)siloxane, hydride-terminated methylhydrosiloxane-phenylmethylsiloxane copolymer, trimethylsiloxy-terminated methylhydrosiloxane-dimethylsiloxane copolymer, polymethylhydrosiloxane, trimethylsiloxy-terminated polyethylhydrosiloxane, triethylsiloxane, methylhydrosiloxane-phenyloctylmethylsiloxane copolymer, and methylhydrosiloxane-phenyloctylmethylsiloxane terpolymer. Among these, hydride-terminated polydimethylsiloxane is preferred, and hydrogen dimethicone is more preferred.

 第1剤中における第1のヒドリド官能化ポリシロキサンの配合量については特に制限はなく、例えば、第1剤全体に対し、1.0質量%以上、3.0質量%以上、又は5.0質量%以上とすることができ、50質量%以下、40質量%以下、30質量%以下、20質量%以下、15質量%以下、10質量%以下、又は8.0質量%以下とすることができる。第1のヒドリド官能化ポリシロキサンは、このような範囲において適宜使用することができる。 There are no particular limitations on the amount of the first hydride-functionalized polysiloxane in the first agent, and it can be, for example, 1.0% by mass or more, 3.0% by mass or more, or 5.0% by mass or more, and 50% by mass or less, 40% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 20% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, 10% by mass or less, or 8.0% by mass or less, based on the entire first agent. The first hydride-functionalized polysiloxane can be used appropriately within such ranges.

〈第2剤〉
 本開示の塗布型皮膜形成剤を構成する第2剤は、上述した第1剤中の架橋反応性成分を架橋させる触媒を含んでいる。本開示の第2剤は、上述した2.0以上の屈折率を有する顔料級粒子を第1剤と同様に含み得る。第1剤と第2剤の両方が、かかる顔料級粒子をそれぞれ0.01質量%以上1.5質量%未満の範囲で含んでいると、皮膜の表面付近に顔料級粒子が配置されやすくなり、皮膜に入射した光が皮膜の表面付近でより反射しやすくなるため、凹部欠陥の補正効果をより向上させることができる。このときさらに、第2剤が、不飽和オルガノポリシロキサン(第2の不飽和オルガノポリシロキサン)を含んでいると、顔料級粒子が皮膜の表面付近により配置されやすくなることに加え、表面付近に固定化されやすくなるため、凹部欠陥の補正効果をより一層向上させることができる。
<Second Agent>
The second agent constituting the coating-type film-forming agent of the present disclosure contains a catalyst that crosslinks the crosslinking reactive component in the first agent described above. The second agent of the present disclosure may contain pigment-class particles having a refractive index of 2.0 or more, as in the first agent. If both the first agent and the second agent contain such pigment-class particles in the range of 0.01 mass% or more and less than 1.5 mass%, respectively, the pigment-class particles are more likely to be arranged near the surface of the film, and light incident on the film is more likely to be reflected near the surface of the film, so that the effect of correcting the recess defect can be further improved. In this case, if the second agent further contains an unsaturated organopolysiloxane (second unsaturated organopolysiloxane), the pigment-class particles are more likely to be arranged near the surface of the film, and are more likely to be fixed near the surface, so that the effect of correcting the recess defect can be further improved.

(触媒)
 触媒としては特に制限はなく、例えば、皮膜を構成する架橋反応性成分である不飽和オルガノポリシロキサン及びヒドリド官能化ポリシロキサンに対し、物理的及び/又は化学的な架橋反応を引き起こし、促進し、又は開始させることが可能な任意の物質を挙げることができる。触媒は、プロセスの間又はプロセスの終了時に、恒久的な物理的及び/又は化学的変化を受けてもよいし、受けなくてもよい。
(catalyst)
The catalyst is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, any substance capable of causing, promoting, or initiating a physical and/or chemical crosslinking reaction of the unsaturated organopolysiloxane and hydride-functionalized polysiloxane, which are crosslinking reactive components constituting the coating. The catalyst may or may not undergo permanent physical and/or chemical changes during or at the end of the process.

 触媒は、次のものに限定されないが、体温以下で架橋を開始させ及び/又は促進することができる金属触媒、例えば、第VIII族の金属触媒、例えば、白金触媒、ロジウム触媒、パラジウム触媒、コバルト触媒、ニッケル触媒、ルテニウム触媒、オスミウム触媒、及びイリジウム触媒、並びに第IVA族の金属触媒、例えば、ゲルマニウム触媒及びスズ触媒を挙げることができる。なかでも、白金触媒、ロジウム触媒、又はスズ触媒が好ましい。触媒は、単独で又は二種以上組み合わせて使用することができる。 The catalyst may be, but is not limited to, a metal catalyst capable of initiating and/or promoting crosslinking at or below body temperature, such as Group VIII metal catalysts, for example, platinum catalysts, rhodium catalysts, palladium catalysts, cobalt catalysts, nickel catalysts, ruthenium catalysts, osmium catalysts, and iridium catalysts, and Group IVA metal catalysts, for example, germanium catalysts and tin catalysts. Of these, platinum catalysts, rhodium catalysts, and tin catalysts are preferred. The catalysts may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

 白金触媒としては、例えば、白金カルボニルシクロビニルメチルシロキサン錯体、白金ジビニルテトラメチルジシロキサン錯体、白金シクロビニルメチルシロキサン錯体、白金オクタンアルデヒド/オクタノール錯体、及び他のPt(0)触媒、例えば、カールシュテット触媒、白金-アルコール錯体、白金-アルコキシド錯体、白金-エーテル錯体、白金-アルデヒド錯体、白金-ケトン錯体、白金-ハロゲン錯体、白金-硫黄錯体、白金-窒素錯体、白金-リン錯体、白金-炭素二重結合錯体、白金炭素三重結合錯体、白金-イミド錯体、白金-アミド錯体、白金-エステル錯体、白金-リン酸エステル錯体、白金-チオールエステル錯体、白金孤立電子対錯体、白金-芳香族錯体、白金π-電子錯体、及びこれらの組合せが挙げられる。なかでも、白金カルボニルシクロビニルメチルシロキサン錯体、白金ジビニルテトラメチルジシロキサン錯体、白金シクロビニルメチルシロキサン錯体、及び白金オクタンアルデヒド/オクタノール錯体からなる群から選択される少なくとも一種が好ましい。 Platinum catalysts include, for example, platinum carbonylcyclovinylmethylsiloxane complexes, platinum divinyltetramethyldisiloxane complexes, platinum cyclovinylmethylsiloxane complexes, platinum octanaldehyde/octanol complexes, and other Pt(0) catalysts, such as Karstedt's catalyst, platinum-alcohol complexes, platinum-alkoxide complexes, platinum-ether complexes, platinum-aldehyde complexes, platinum-ketone complexes, platinum-halogen complexes, platinum-sulfur complexes, platinum-nitrogen complexes, platinum-phosphorus complexes, platinum-carbon double bond complexes, platinum-carbon triple bond complexes, platinum-imido complexes, platinum-amide complexes, platinum-ester complexes, platinum-phosphate ester complexes, platinum-thiol ester complexes, platinum lone pair complexes, platinum-aromatic complexes, platinum π-electron complexes, and combinations thereof. Among these, at least one selected from the group consisting of platinum carbonylcyclovinylmethylsiloxane complex, platinum divinyltetramethyldisiloxane complex, platinum cyclovinylmethylsiloxane complex, and platinum octanaldehyde/octanol complex is preferred.

 ロジウム触媒としては、例えば、三塩化トリス(ジブチルスルフィド)ロジウム及び三塩化ロジウム水和物が挙げられる。 Rhodium catalysts include, for example, tris(dibutylsulfide)rhodium trichloride and rhodium trichloride hydrate.

 スズ触媒としては、例えば、オクタン酸スズ(II)、ネオデカン酸スズ(II)、ジブチルスズジイソオクチルマレエート、ジ-n-ブチルビス(2,4-ペンタンジオネート)スズ、ジ-n-ブチルブトキシクロロスズ、ジブチルスズジラウレート、ジメチルスズジネオデカノエート、ジメチルヒドロキシ(オレエート)スズ、及びオレイン酸スズ(II)が挙げられる。 Examples of tin catalysts include tin(II) octanoate, tin(II) neodecanoate, dibutyltin diisooctylmaleate, di-n-butyl bis(2,4-pentanedionate)tin, di-n-butylbutoxychlorotin, dibutyltin dilaurate, dimethyltin dineodecanoate, dimethylhydroxy(oleate)tin, and tin(II) oleate.

 これらの触媒の中でも、白金触媒がより好ましく、白金ジビニルテトラメチルジシロキサン錯体(「白金ジビニルジシロキサン」と称する場合もある。)が特に好ましい。 Among these catalysts, platinum catalysts are more preferred, with platinum divinyltetramethyldisiloxane complex (sometimes called "platinum divinyldisiloxane") being particularly preferred.

 第2剤中の触媒の配合量については、要する皮膜性能等に応じて適宜調整すればよく、特に制限はない。例えば、触媒の配合量としては、第2剤の全量に対し、0.001質量%以上、0.005質量%以上、又は0.010質量%以上とすることができ、5.0質量%以下、3.0質量%以下、1.0質量%以下、0.10質量%以下、又は0.050質量%以下とすることができる。触媒は、このような範囲において適宜使用することができる。 The amount of catalyst in the second agent can be adjusted appropriately according to the required film performance, etc., and there are no particular restrictions. For example, the amount of catalyst can be 0.001 mass% or more, 0.005 mass% or more, or 0.010 mass% or more, and 5.0 mass% or less, 3.0 mass% or less, 1.0 mass% or less, 0.10 mass% or less, or 0.050 mass% or less, relative to the total amount of the second agent. The catalyst can be used appropriately within such ranges.

 本開示の第2剤の剤型としては特に制限はなく、例えば、無水の形態である油相で構成された単相系、非乳化型の水中油型若しくは油中水型の二相系の形態、又は水中油型乳化組成物若しくは油中水型乳化組成物の形態で構成された二相系であってもよい。 The formulation of the second agent of the present disclosure is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, a single-phase system composed of an oil phase in an anhydrous form, a non-emulsified oil-in-water or water-in-oil two-phase system, or a two-phase system composed of an oil-in-water emulsion composition or a water-in-oil emulsion composition.

 これらの各剤型は、触媒と、任意に、後述するような、油分、乳化剤、及び水などの公知の材料とを用い、常法によって適宜調製することができる。なお、油分としては、シリコーン油を使用することができ、このシリコーン油として、上述した第1剤で使用され得る第1の不飽和オルガノポリシロキサン及び第1のヒドリド官能化ポリシロキサンを同様に使用してもよい。この場合、第1剤中の第1の不飽和オルガノポリシロキサン及び第1のヒドリド官能化ポリシロキサンと区別するために、第2剤中の不飽和オルガノポリシロキサン及びヒドリド官能化ポリシロキサンは、第2の不飽和オルガノポリシロキサン及び第2のヒドリド官能化ポリシロキサンと称することができる。 Each of these formulations can be prepared appropriately by conventional methods using a catalyst and, optionally, known materials such as oil, emulsifier, and water, as described below. Silicone oil can be used as the oil, and the first unsaturated organopolysiloxane and the first hydride-functionalized polysiloxane that can be used in the first agent described above may be used as this silicone oil. In this case, the unsaturated organopolysiloxane and the hydride-functionalized polysiloxane in the second agent can be called the second unsaturated organopolysiloxane and the second hydride-functionalized polysiloxane to distinguish them from the first unsaturated organopolysiloxane and the first hydride-functionalized polysiloxane in the first agent.

 ある実施態様では、第2の不飽和オルガノポリシロキサンは、25℃で、50~165,000cstの粘度を有することができる。かかる粘度の上限値としては、150,000cst以下、100,000cst以下、80,000cst以下、50,000cst以下、30,000cst以下、又は10,000cst以下であることがより好ましく、5,000cst以下、2,000cst以下、又は1,000cst以下であることが特に好ましく、500cst以下であることが最も好ましい。かかる粘度の下限値としては、70cst以上、100cst以上、130cst以上、又は150cst以上であることが好ましい。 In one embodiment, the second unsaturated organopolysiloxane can have a viscosity of 50 to 165,000 cst at 25°C. The upper limit of this viscosity is preferably 150,000 cst or less, 100,000 cst or less, 80,000 cst or less, 50,000 cst or less, 30,000 cst or less, or 10,000 cst or less, and more preferably 5,000 cst or less, 2,000 cst or less, or 1,000 cst or less, and most preferably 500 cst or less. The lower limit of this viscosity is preferably 70 cst or more, 100 cst or more, 130 cst or more, or 150 cst or more.

〈任意成分〉
 本開示の塗布型皮膜形成剤は、第1剤及び/又は第2剤に対し、本開示の効果に悪影響を及ぼさない範囲で、各種成分を適宜配合することができる。任意成分は、単独で又は二種以上組み合わせて使用することができる。
<Optional ingredients>
In the paint-type film-forming agent of the present disclosure, various components can be appropriately blended with the first agent and/or the second agent within a range that does not adversely affect the effects of the present disclosure. The optional components can be used alone or in combination of two or more.

 任意成分としては特に制限はないが、例えば、感触改質剤、粘着改質剤、展延性促進剤、希釈剤、接着改質剤、油分、乳化剤(界面活性剤)、無機粒子、有機粒子、水、アルコール(例えばエタノール等の低級アルコール)、ヒューメクタント、保存料、色材、マット剤、ビーズ、布、ゴム材料(例えば、シリコーンゴム等からなるゴムシート)、水相又は油相を増粘させる成分(増粘剤)、保護コロイド剤、皮膚透過促進剤、光学改質剤、散乱剤、吸着剤、磁気材料、気体輸送改質剤、液体輸送改質剤、pH改質剤、増感改質剤、及び審美的改質剤を挙げることができる。ここで、本開示において「色材」とは、上述した2.0以上の屈折率を有する顔料級粒子以外の皮膜を発色させることができる材料を意図し、具体的には、無機顔料、有機顔料、色素と一般に称する材料を意図することができる。 The optional components are not particularly limited, but examples thereof include feel modifiers, adhesion modifiers, spreadability promoters, diluents, adhesion modifiers, oils, emulsifiers (surfactants), inorganic particles, organic particles, water, alcohol (e.g., lower alcohols such as ethanol), humectants, preservatives, coloring materials, matting agents, beads, cloth, rubber materials (e.g., rubber sheets made of silicone rubber, etc.), components that thicken the water phase or oil phase (thickeners), protective colloids, skin permeation promoters, optical modifiers, scattering agents, adsorbents, magnetic materials, gas transport modifiers, liquid transport modifiers, pH modifiers, sensitization modifiers, and aesthetic modifiers. Here, in this disclosure, the term "coloring material" refers to a material that can color a film other than the pigment-class particles having a refractive index of 2.0 or more described above, and specifically refers to materials generally referred to as inorganic pigments, organic pigments, and dyes.

 この他、例えば、保湿剤、紫外線吸収剤(例えば油溶性紫外線吸収剤)、皮膚保護剤、皮膚鎮静剤、皮膚美白剤、皮膚光沢剤、皮膚軟化剤、皮膚平滑化剤、皮膚漂白剤、皮膚角質除去剤、皮膚引き締め剤、美容剤、ビタミン、抗酸化剤、細胞シグナル伝達剤、細胞調節剤、細胞相互作用剤、皮膚日焼け剤、老化防止剤、しわ防止剤、スポットリデューサー、α-ヒドロキシ酸、β-ヒドロキシ酸、及びセラミドなどの化粧剤を挙げることができ;また、例えば、疼痛緩和剤、鎮痛薬、抗掻痒剤、抗座瘡剤(例えば、β-ヒドロキシ酸、サリチル酸、過酸化ベンゾイル)、抗炎症剤、抗ヒスタミン薬、コルチコステロイド、NSAID(非ステロイド性抗炎症薬)、防腐剤、抗生物質、抗細菌剤、抗真菌剤、抗ウイルス剤、抗アレルギー剤、抗刺激物質、虫除け剤、光線療法剤、血液凝固剤、抗新生物薬、免疫系増進剤、免疫系抑制剤、コールタール、アントラリン、フルオシノニド、メトトレキセート、シクロスポリン、ピメクロリムス、タクロリムス、アザチオプリン、フルオロウラシル、セラミド、反対刺激剤、及び皮膚冷却化合物などの治療剤を挙げることができ;また、例えば、抗酸化剤、ビタミン、ビタミンD類似体、レチノイド、ミネラル、ミネラルオイル、ワセリン、脂肪酸、植物抽出物、ポリペプチド、抗体、タンパク質、糖、ヒューメクタント、及びエモリエント剤を挙げることができる。 Other examples of the cosmetic agents include moisturizers, UV absorbers (e.g., oil-soluble UV absorbers), skin protectants, skin soothing agents, skin whitening agents, skin glossing agents, skin softeners, skin smoothing agents, skin bleaching agents, skin exfoliating agents, skin tightening agents, beauty agents, vitamins, antioxidants, cell signaling agents, cell regulating agents, cell interaction agents, skin tanning agents, anti-aging agents, anti-wrinkle agents, spot reducers, α-hydroxy acids, β-hydroxy acids, and ceramides; and other cosmetic agents such as pain relievers, analgesics, anti-pruritic agents, and anti-acne agents (e.g., β-hydroxy acids, salicylic acid, benzo peroxide, etc.). The therapeutic agents may include, for example, anti-inflammatory agents, antihistamines, corticosteroids, NSAIDs (nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs), antiseptics, antibiotics, antibacterial agents, antifungal agents, antiviral agents, antiallergy agents, antiirritants, insect repellents, phototherapy agents, blood clotting agents, antineoplastic agents, immune system enhancers, immune system suppressants, coal tar, anthralin, fluocinonide, methotrexate, cyclosporine, pimecrolimus, tacrolimus, azathioprine, fluorouracil, ceramides, counterirritants, and skin cooling compounds; and may include, for example, antioxidants, vitamins, vitamin D3 analogs, retinoids, minerals, mineral oils, petrolatum, fatty acids, plant extracts, polypeptides, antibodies, proteins, sugars, humectants, and emollients.

 ここで、任意成分のうちのいくつかの主要な材料について以下に詳細に記載する。 Here, some of the main optional ingredients are described in detail below.

(無機粒子)
 いくつかの実施形態において、本開示の塗布型皮膜形成剤は、第1剤及び第2剤のうちの少なくとも一方、好ましくは第1剤が、上述した顔料級粒子以外の無機粒子、例えば、疎水化無機酸化物粒子(疎水性無機酸化物粒子)を含む。疎水化無機酸化物粒子の使用は、塗布型皮膜形成剤の粘度を増加させ得るため、厚塗りに対して貢献することができ、また、皮膜の強度を向上させることに対して貢献することもできる。
(Inorganic particles)
In some embodiments, at least one of the first and second agents, preferably the first agent, of the paint-on film-forming agent of the present disclosure contains inorganic particles other than the pigment-grade particles described above, such as hydrophobized inorganic oxide particles. The use of hydrophobized inorganic oxide particles can increase the viscosity of the paint-on film-forming agent, which can contribute to thick coating and can also contribute to improving the strength of the film.

 無機粒子(例えば疎水化無機酸化物粒子)の平均粒子径は、皮膜の厚膜化、及び良好な皮膜強度を得る観点から、100nm未満、70nm以下、50nm以下、又は30nm以下であることが好ましく、20nm以下、18nm以下、又は16nm以下であることがより好ましく、15nm以下、13nm以下、12nm以下、11nm以下、10nm以下、10nm未満、又は9nm以下であることが特に好ましい。平均粒子径の下限値としては特に制限はなく、例えば、1nm以上、3nm以上、又は5nm以上とすることができる。ここで、平均粒子径は、例えば、透過型電子顕微鏡で観察した粒子の投影面積と同じ面積を有する円形状の粒子に換算した場合の粒子径(面積円相当粒子径)を意図することができる。面積円相当粒子径は、10個以上の粒子の平均値と規定することができる。 The average particle diameter of inorganic particles (e.g., hydrophobic inorganic oxide particles) is preferably less than 100 nm, 70 nm or less, 50 nm or less, or 30 nm or less, more preferably 20 nm or less, 18 nm or less, or 16 nm or less, and particularly preferably 15 nm or less, 13 nm or less, 12 nm or less, 11 nm or less, 10 nm or less, less than 10 nm, or 9 nm or less, from the viewpoint of thickening the film and obtaining good film strength. There is no particular limit to the lower limit of the average particle diameter, and it can be, for example, 1 nm or more, 3 nm or more, or 5 nm or more. Here, the average particle diameter can mean, for example, the particle diameter (area-equivalent circle particle diameter) when converted into a circular particle having the same area as the projected area of the particle observed with a transmission electron microscope. The area-equivalent circle particle diameter can be defined as the average value of 10 or more particles.

 疎水化無機酸化物粒子を構成する無機酸化物としては、例えば、酸化亜鉛、酸化チタン、酸化アルミニウム、及び酸化ケイ素(例えば、フュームドシリカ及び無水シリカ)を挙げることができる。なかでも、酸化ケイ素、酸化チタン、及び酸化亜鉛からなる群から選択される少なくとも一種が好ましく、酸化ケイ素がより好ましい。 Examples of inorganic oxides constituting the hydrophobic inorganic oxide particles include zinc oxide, titanium oxide, aluminum oxide, and silicon oxide (e.g., fumed silica and anhydrous silica). Among these, at least one selected from the group consisting of silicon oxide, titanium oxide, and zinc oxide is preferred, and silicon oxide is more preferred.

 疎水化無機酸化物粒子は、典型的には、表面処理剤で疎水化処理された無機酸化物粒子を使用することができる。疎水化処理としては特に制限はなく、例えば、皮膜の厚膜化、及び良好な皮膜強度を得る観点から、ジメチルシリル化処理、及びトリメチルシリル化処理からなる群から選択される少なくとも一種が好ましい。 The hydrophobized inorganic oxide particles can typically be inorganic oxide particles that have been hydrophobized with a surface treatment agent. There are no particular limitations on the hydrophobization treatment, and from the standpoint of thickening the film and obtaining good film strength, for example, at least one treatment selected from the group consisting of dimethylsilylation and trimethylsilylation is preferred.

 無機粒子(例えば疎水化無機酸化物粒子)の配合量としては、第1剤又は第2剤の全体に対し、例えば、0.001質量%以上、0.01質量%以上、0.1質量%以上、0.5質量%以上、1.0質量%以上、3.0質量%以上、5.0質量%以上、又は7.0質量%以上とすることができ、25質量%以下、23質量%以下、20質量%以下、18質量%以下、15質量%以下、13質量%以下、又は10質量%以下とすることができる。無機粒子(例えば疎水化無機酸化物粒子)は、このような範囲において適宜使用することができる。 The amount of inorganic particles (e.g., hydrophobized inorganic oxide particles) can be, for example, 0.001% by mass or more, 0.01% by mass or more, 0.1% by mass or more, 0.5% by mass or more, 1.0% by mass or more, 3.0% by mass or more, 5.0% by mass or more, or 7.0% by mass or more relative to the entire first or second agent, and can be 25% by mass or less, 23% by mass or less, 20% by mass or less, 18% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less, 13% by mass or less, or 10% by mass or less. Inorganic particles (e.g., hydrophobized inorganic oxide particles) can be used appropriately within such ranges.

(油分)
 油分としては、例えば、液体油脂、固体油脂、ロウ類、炭化水素油、エステル油、シリコーン油、及び極性油を挙げることができる。油分は、不揮発性油であってもよく、揮発性油であってもよい。油分は単独で又は二種以上組み合わせて使用することができる。ここで、「揮発性」とは、大気圧下、105℃で3時間放置したときの揮発分が5%超を呈するものを意図する。かかる揮発分としては、10%以上、20%以上、40%以上、50%以上、60%以上、80%以上、又は100%と規定することもできる。あるいは、揮発性の指針として、1気圧(101.325kPa)下における沸点を使用することができる。この沸点は、250℃以下、240℃以下、又は230℃以下とすることができ、また、80℃以上、100℃以上、120℃以上、150℃以上、又は160℃以上とすることができる。また、本開示において「不揮発性」とは、105℃で3時間放置したときの揮発分が5%以下を呈するものを意図する。
(Oil content)
Examples of oils include liquid oils, solid oils, waxes, hydrocarbon oils, ester oils, silicone oils, and polar oils. The oils may be non-volatile or volatile oils. The oils may be used alone or in combination. Here, "volatile" refers to oils that exhibit a volatile content of more than 5% when left at atmospheric pressure and 105°C for 3 hours. Such volatile content can also be specified as 10% or more, 20% or more, 40% or more, 50% or more, 60% or more, 80% or more, or 100%. Alternatively, the boiling point at 1 atmosphere (101.325 kPa) can be used as an indicator of volatility. This boiling point can be 250°C or less, 240°C or less, or 230°C or less, and can be 80°C or more, 100°C or more, 120°C or more, 150°C or more, or 160°C or more. In addition, in the present disclosure, "non-volatile" refers to a material that exhibits a volatile content of 5% or less when left at 105°C for 3 hours.

 例えば、シリコーン油としては、上述した不飽和オルガノポリシロキサン及びヒドリド官能化ポリシロキサン以外のシリコーン油を使用することができる。このようなシリコーン油として、例えば、ジメチルポリシロキサン(ジメチコン)、メチルフェニルポリシロキサン、メチルハイドロジェンポリシロキサン等の鎖状シリコーン;ジフェニルシロキシフェニルトリメチコン、オクタメチルシクロテトラシロキサン、デカメチルシクロペンタシロキサン、ドデカメチルシクロヘキサシロキサン等の環状シリコーンなどを使用することができる。シリコーン油は、フェニル基及びビニル基を有する不飽和オルガノポリシロキサンと相溶しやすいため、フェニル基及びビニル基を有する不飽和オルガノポリシロキサンを含む第1剤及び/又は第2剤に対して好適に配合することができる。 For example, silicone oils other than the above-mentioned unsaturated organopolysiloxanes and hydride-functionalized polysiloxanes can be used as the silicone oil. Examples of such silicone oils that can be used include linear silicones such as dimethylpolysiloxane (dimethicone), methylphenylpolysiloxane, and methylhydrogenpolysiloxane; and cyclic silicones such as diphenylsiloxyphenyltrimethicone, octamethylcyclotetrasiloxane, decamethylcyclopentasiloxane, and dodecamethylcyclohexasiloxane. Silicone oils are easily compatible with unsaturated organopolysiloxanes having phenyl and vinyl groups, and can therefore be suitably blended with the first agent and/or the second agent that contains unsaturated organopolysiloxanes having phenyl and vinyl groups.

 油分(例えばシリコーン油)の配合量としては特に制限はなく、例えば、採用する剤型の種類、要する皮膜強度などに応じて適宜配合することができる。油分(例えばシリコーン油)の配合量として、例えば、第1剤又は第2剤の全体に対し、5.0質量%以上、7.0質量%以上、10質量%以上、15質量%以上、20質量%以上、23質量%以上、25質量%以上、27質量%以上、又は30質量%以上とすることができ、60質量%以下、57質量%以下、55質量%以下、50質量%以下、45質量%以下、40質量%以下、35質量%以下、30質量%以下、25質量%以下、又は20質量%以下とすることができる。油分はこのような範囲で適宜使用することができる。 The amount of oil (e.g., silicone oil) to be blended is not particularly limited, and can be blended appropriately depending on, for example, the type of formulation used and the required film strength. The amount of oil (e.g., silicone oil) to be blended can be, for example, 5.0% by mass or more, 7.0% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, 15% by mass or more, 20% by mass or more, 23% by mass or more, 25% by mass or more, 27% by mass or more, or 30% by mass or more relative to the entire first or second agent, and can be 60% by mass or less, 57% by mass or less, 55% by mass or less, 50% by mass or less, 45% by mass or less, 40% by mass or less, 35% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 25% by mass or less, or 20% by mass or less. The oil can be used appropriately within such ranges.

(乳化剤)
 乳化剤としては、例えば、アニオン性、カチオン性、両性、又は非イオン性の乳化剤を使用することができる。乳化剤は単独で又は二種以上組み合わせて使用することができる。ここで、本開示における乳化剤とは、乳化機能(界面活性能)を有する剤を意図し、一般に界面活性剤と称する剤も包含することができる。
(emulsifier)
As the emulsifier, for example, anionic, cationic, amphoteric, or nonionic emulsifiers can be used. The emulsifiers can be used alone or in combination of two or more. Here, the emulsifier in the present disclosure refers to an agent having an emulsifying function (surface activity), and can also include agents generally called surfactants.

 具体的には、乳化剤として、例えば、炭化水素系界面活性剤、シリコーン系界面活性剤、及び両親媒性粉末からなる群から選択される少なくとも一種を挙げることができる。 Specific examples of the emulsifier include at least one selected from the group consisting of hydrocarbon surfactants, silicone surfactants, and amphiphilic powders.

 炭化水素系界面活性剤としては、例えば、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンステリルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレン脂肪酸エステル、ポリオキシエチレン多価アルコール脂肪酸エステル、ポリオキシエチレン硬化ヒマシ油、ポリオキシエチレンソルビタン脂肪酸エステル、グリコール脂肪酸エステル、グリセリン脂肪酸エステル、ソルビタン脂肪酸エステル、ショ糖脂肪酸エステル、及びポリグリセリン脂肪酸エステルを挙げることができる。 Examples of hydrocarbon surfactants include polyoxyethylene alkyl ethers, polyoxyethylene steryl ethers, polyoxyethylene fatty acid esters, polyoxyethylene polyhydric alcohol fatty acid esters, polyoxyethylene hydrogenated castor oil, polyoxyethylene sorbitan fatty acid esters, glycol fatty acid esters, glycerin fatty acid esters, sorbitan fatty acid esters, sucrose fatty acid esters, and polyglycerin fatty acid esters.

 シリコーン系界面活性剤としては、例えば、ポリエーテル変性シリコーン、及びアルキル共変性ポリエーテル変性シリコーンを挙げることができる。 Examples of silicone surfactants include polyether-modified silicone and alkyl-co-modified polyether-modified silicone.

 乳化剤の配合量としては特に制限はなく、例えば、乳化安定性等の観点から、第1剤又は第2剤の全量に対し、0.01質量%以上、0.05質量%以上、0.1質量%以上、又は0.2質量%以上とすることができる。乳化剤の配合量の上限値としては特に制限はなく、例えば、5.0質量%以下、4.0質量%以下、3.0質量%以下、2.0質量%以下、1.0質量%以下、又は0.5質量%以下とすることができる。乳化剤はこのような範囲で適宜使用することができる。 There are no particular restrictions on the amount of emulsifier used, and from the standpoint of emulsion stability, for example, it can be 0.01% by mass or more, 0.05% by mass or more, 0.1% by mass or more, or 0.2% by mass or more relative to the total amount of the first agent or the second agent. There are no particular restrictions on the upper limit of the amount of emulsifier used, and it can be, for example, 5.0% by mass or less, 4.0% by mass or less, 3.0% by mass or less, 2.0% by mass or less, 1.0% by mass or less, or 0.5% by mass or less. The emulsifier can be used appropriately within these ranges.

 (シリコーン系界面活性剤)
 上述されたとおり、塗布型皮膜形成剤は、粉末を含み得る。また、上記の粉末は、上述された2.0以上の屈折率を有する顔料級粒子を含んでもよく、当該顔料級粒子を実質的に含まなくてもよい。上記の粉末が上述された顔料級粒子を含む場合、塗布型皮膜形成剤の質量に対する当該顔料級粒子の質量の割合は、0.01質量%以上1.5質量%未満であってもよい。
(Silicone surfactant)
As described above, the apply-type film-forming agent may include a powder. The powder may include the pigment-grade particles having a refractive index of 2.0 or more as described above, or may be substantially free of the pigment-grade particles. When the powder includes the pigment-grade particles as described above, the ratio of the mass of the pigment-grade particles to the mass of the apply-type film-forming agent may be 0.01% by weight or more and less than 1.5% by weight.

 いくつかの実施形態では、本開示の塗布型皮膜形成剤において、不飽和オルガノポリシロキサンとともに粉末を配合する場合、これらを含む系にシリコーン系界面活性剤をさらに配合することによって、粉末の分散性を向上させることができる。なお、不飽和オルガノポリシロキサン及び粉末の混合物がシリコーン系界面活性剤をさらに含むことで、当該粉末の分散性が向上するという観点においては、塗布型皮膜形成剤の質量に対する顔料級粒子の質量の割合は、0.01質量%未満であってもよく、1.5質量%超であってもよい。 In some embodiments, when a powder is blended together with an unsaturated organopolysiloxane in the paint-on film-forming agent of the present disclosure, the dispersibility of the powder can be improved by further blending a silicone-based surfactant into the system containing them. In view of the fact that the mixture of an unsaturated organopolysiloxane and a powder further contains a silicone-based surfactant, the ratio of the mass of the pigment-grade particles to the mass of the paint-on film-forming agent may be less than 0.01% by mass or more than 1.5% by mass.

 粉末の分散性を考慮した場合、粉末に作用する分散剤(例えば、粉末の表面に立体障害効果を発現させる分散剤)を選定することが一般的である。一方、本開示の形成剤で使用するシリコーン系界面活性剤は、このような一般的な分散剤とは異なり、粉末に作用するのではく、不飽和オルガノポリシロキサンに作用すると考えている。 When considering the dispersibility of a powder, it is common to select a dispersant that acts on the powder (for example, a dispersant that exerts a steric hindrance effect on the surface of the powder). On the other hand, the silicone-based surfactant used in the forming agent disclosed herein is different from such general dispersants in that it is believed to act not on the powder but on the unsaturated organopolysiloxane.

 例えば、図2(a)に示すように、油相中に、粉末と不飽和オルガノポリシロキサンを配合した場合、この不飽和オルガノポリシロキサンは、粉末を凝集させるように作用するため、粉末の分散性が低下しやすくなると考えている。したがって、このような系に対して粉末に作用する一般的な分散剤を配合しても、十分な分散効果が得られにくいと考えている。 For example, as shown in Figure 2(a), when powder and unsaturated organopolysiloxane are mixed in the oil phase, the unsaturated organopolysiloxane acts to aggregate the powder, which is believed to reduce the dispersibility of the powder. Therefore, even if a general dispersant that acts on powders is mixed into such a system, it is believed that a sufficient dispersion effect will be difficult to obtain.

 一方、本開示の形成剤に配合するシリコーン系界面活性剤は、粉末の凝集剤として作用し得る不飽和オルガノポリシロキサンとの親和性に優れるため、図2(b)に示すように、このシリコーン系界面活性剤の疎水基が不飽和オルガノポリシロキサンと相互作用して逆ミセルのような形態で油相中に分散していると考えている。その結果、不飽和オルガノポリシロキサンの粉末を凝集させる作用が低下するため、形成剤中における粉末の分散性が向上すると考えている。ここで、図2(b)におけるシリコーン系界面活性剤の黒い棒が疎水基を意図し、白い球体が親水基を意図している。 On the other hand, the silicone surfactant blended into the forming agent of the present disclosure has excellent affinity with the unsaturated organopolysiloxane, which can act as an agglomerating agent for the powder, and it is believed that the hydrophobic groups of this silicone surfactant interact with the unsaturated organopolysiloxane and disperse in the oil phase in a form similar to an inverted micelle, as shown in Figure 2(b). As a result, the powder agglomerating action of the unsaturated organopolysiloxane is reduced, and the dispersibility of the powder in the forming agent is improved. Here, the black bars of the silicone surfactant in Figure 2(b) represent hydrophobic groups, and the white spheres represent hydrophilic groups.

 いくつかの実施形態において、粉末を含む形成剤における第1剤又は第2剤中のシリコーン系界面活性剤の配合量としては、例えば、第1剤又は第2剤の全体に対し、1.0質量%以上、2.0質量%以上、3.0質量%以上、4.0質量%以上、5.0質量%以上、6.0質量%以上、7.0質量%以上、8.0質量%以上、9.0質量%以上、又は10質量%以上とすることができ、15質量%以下、13質量%以下、10質量%以下、8.0質量%以下、6.0質量%以下、又は5.0質量%以下とすることができる。シリコーン系界面活性剤は、このような範囲において適宜使用することができる。 In some embodiments, the amount of silicone surfactant in the first or second agent in the powder-containing forming agent can be, for example, 1.0% by mass or more, 2.0% by mass or more, 3.0% by mass or more, 4.0% by mass or more, 5.0% by mass or more, 6.0% by mass or more, 7.0% by mass or more, 8.0% by mass or more, 9.0% by mass or more, or 10% by mass or more, and 15% by mass or less, 13% by mass or less, 10% by mass or less, 8.0% by mass or less, 6.0% by mass or less, or 5.0% by mass or less, relative to the entire first or second agent. The silicone surfactant can be used appropriately within such ranges.

 いくつかの実施形態において、粉末を含む形成剤における第1剤又は第2剤中のシリコーン系界面活性剤の配合量は、粉末、不飽和オルガノポリシロキサン及びシリコーン系界面活性剤の合計100質量部に対しての割合で規定することもできる。この場合、シリコーン系界面活性剤の配合量は、粉末、不飽和オルガノポリシロキサン及びシリコーン系界面活性剤の合計100質量部に対し、1.0質量部以上、3.0質量部以上、5.0質量部以上、7.0質量部以上、又は9.0質量部以上とすることができ、また、20質量部以下、17質量部以下、15質量部以下、13質量部以下、又は10質量部以下とすることができる。 In some embodiments, the amount of silicone surfactant in the first or second agent in the powder-containing forming agent can be specified as a ratio to 100 parts by weight of the total of the powder, the unsaturated organopolysiloxane, and the silicone surfactant. In this case, the amount of silicone surfactant can be 1.0 parts by weight or more, 3.0 parts by weight or more, 5.0 parts by weight or more, 7.0 parts by weight or more, or 9.0 parts by weight or more, and can be 20 parts by weight or less, 17 parts by weight or less, 15 parts by weight or less, 13 parts by weight or less, or 10 parts by weight or less, per 100 parts by weight of the total of the powder, the unsaturated organopolysiloxane, and the silicone surfactant.

 シリコーン系界面活性剤は、単独で又は二種以上組み合わせて使用することができる。 Silicone surfactants can be used alone or in combination.

 シリコーン系界面活性剤として、例えば、粉末の分散性を向上させる観点から、10.0以下のHLB値を有するシリコーン系界面活性剤が好ましい。かかるHLB値は、9.0以下、8.0以下、7.0以下、6.0以下、又は5.0以下とすることができる。HLBの下限値としては特に制限はなく、例えば、0.1以上、0.5以上、1.0以上、1.5以上、又は2.0以上とすることができる。なかでも、粉末の分散性を向上させる観点から、HLB値は、0.1以上7.0以下であることが好ましい。ここで「HLB」とは、一般に、水及び油への親和性を示す値であって、親水性-親油性バランスとして知られているパラメーターである。シリコーン系界面活性剤のHLB値は、グリフィン法により容易に求めることができる。ここで、グリフィン法によるHLB値は、以下の式aで求めることができる:
 HLB値=20×親水部の式量の総和/分子量   …式a
As the silicone surfactant, for example, from the viewpoint of improving the dispersibility of the powder, a silicone surfactant having an HLB value of 10.0 or less is preferred. Such an HLB value can be 9.0 or less, 8.0 or less, 7.0 or less, 6.0 or less, or 5.0 or less. There is no particular restriction on the lower limit of the HLB, and it can be, for example, 0.1 or more, 0.5 or more, 1.0 or more, 1.5 or more, or 2.0 or more. Among them, from the viewpoint of improving the dispersibility of the powder, the HLB value is preferably 0.1 or more and 7.0 or less. Here, "HLB" is a value that generally indicates the affinity to water and oil, and is a parameter known as the hydrophilic-lipophilic balance. The HLB value of the silicone surfactant can be easily determined by the Griffin method. Here, the HLB value by the Griffin method can be determined by the following formula a:
HLB value = 20 x sum of formula weights of hydrophilic parts / molecular weight ... formula a

 粉末の分散性を向上させ得るシリコーン系界面活性剤の具体例としては、例えば、ポリグリセリン・アルキル共変性シリコーン、カルボキシ変性シリコーン、及びポリエーテル変性シリコーンを挙げることができる。 Specific examples of silicone surfactants that can improve the dispersibility of powders include polyglycerin-alkyl-co-modified silicone, carboxy-modified silicone, and polyether-modified silicone.

(ポリグリセリン・アルキル共変性シリコーン)
 ポリグリセリン・アルキル共変性シリコーンとしては、例えば、ビスブチルジメチコンポリグリセリル-3、及びセチルPEG/PPG-10/1ジメチコンを挙げることができる。ここで、「PEG」及び「PPG」はそれぞれ、ポチエチレングリコール及びポリプロピレングリコールを意図する。
(Polyglycerin/alkyl-modified silicone)
Examples of polyglycerin-alkyl-comodified silicones include bis-butyl dimethicone polyglyceryl-3 and cetyl PEG/PPG-10/1 dimethicone, where "PEG" and "PPG" refer to polyethylene glycol and polypropylene glycol, respectively.

(カルボキシ変性シリコーン)
 カルボキシ変性シリコーンとしては、例えば、カルボキシデシルトリシロキサンを挙げることができる。
(Carboxy modified silicone)
An example of the carboxy-modified silicone is carboxydecyltrisiloxane.

(ポリエーテル変性シリコーン)
 ポリエーテル変性シリコーンとしては、例えば、PEG-9ポリジメチルシロキシエチルジメチコン、PEG-10ジメチコン、PO/EO変性シリコーン(例えば、PEG/PPG-19/19ジメチコン)、及びジメチコン/(PEG-10/15)クロスポリマーを挙げることができる。ここで、「PO」及び「EO」とは、プロピレンオキサイド及びエチレンオキサイドを意図する。
(Polyether modified silicone)
Examples of polyether-modified silicones include PEG-9 polydimethylsiloxyethyl dimethicone, PEG-10 dimethicone, PO/EO-modified silicones (e.g., PEG/PPG-19/19 dimethicone), and dimethicone/(PEG-10/15) crosspolymer, where "PO" and "EO" refer to propylene oxide and ethylene oxide.

〈粉末〉
 いくつかの実施形態において、本開示の塗布型皮膜形成剤又は化粧料は粉末を含んでいる。粉末は単独で又は二種以上組み合わせて使用することができる。
<Powder>
In some embodiments, the paint-on film-forming agent or cosmetic of the present disclosure comprises a powder. The powder may be used alone or in combination.

 いくつかの実施形態において、粉末の配合量は様々であり、化粧料の用途等に応じて適宜設定することができる。粉末の配合量としては、例えば、塗布型皮膜形成剤(例えば、第1剤若しくは第2剤)又は化粧料の全量に対し、3.0質量%以上、5.0質量%以上、5.0質量%超、7.0質量%以上、8.0質量%以上、10質量%以上、15質量%以上、20質量%以上、25質量%以上、又は30質量%以上とすることができ、また、50質量%以下、40質量%以下、30質量%以下、20質量%以下、又は15質量%以下とすることができる。粉末の配合量は、このような範囲で、塗布型皮膜形成剤又は化粧料中に適宜配合することができる。 In some embodiments, the amount of powder varies and can be set appropriately depending on the application of the cosmetic. The amount of powder can be, for example, 3.0% by mass or more, 5.0% by mass or more, more than 5.0% by mass, 7.0% by mass or more, 8.0% by mass or more, 10% by mass or more, 15% by mass or more, 20% by mass or more, 25% by mass or more, or 30% by mass or more, and can be 50% by mass or less, 40% by mass or less, 30% by mass or less, 20% by mass or less, or 15% by mass or less, based on the total amount of the applied-type film-forming agent (e.g., the first agent or the second agent) or the cosmetic. The amount of powder can be appropriately blended in the applied-type film-forming agent or the cosmetic within such ranges.

 いくつかの実施形態において、塗布型皮膜形成剤(例えば、第1剤若しくは第2剤)又は化粧料中の粉末の配合量は、粉末、不飽和オルガノポリシロキサン及びシリコーン系界面活性剤の合計100質量部に対しての割合で規定することもできる。この場合、粉末の配合量は、粉末、不飽和オルガノポリシロキサン及びシリコーン系界面活性剤の合計100質量部に対し、10質量部以上、15質量部以上、20質量部以上、25質量部以上、又は27質量部以上とすることができ、また、60質量部以下、55質量部以下、50質量部以下、又は47質量部以下とすることができる。 In some embodiments, the amount of powder in the applied film-forming agent (e.g., the first or second agent) or cosmetic can be specified as a ratio to 100 parts by weight of the total of the powder, the unsaturated organopolysiloxane, and the silicone-based surfactant. In this case, the amount of powder can be 10 parts by weight or more, 15 parts by weight or more, 20 parts by weight or more, 25 parts by weight or more, or 27 parts by weight or more, and can be 60 parts by weight or less, 55 parts by weight or less, 50 parts by weight or less, or 47 parts by weight or less, per 100 parts by weight of the total of the powder, the unsaturated organopolysiloxane, and the silicone-based surfactant.

 いくつかの実施形態において、粉末としては特に制限なく、例えば化粧料の分野において一般的に用いられる球状又は非球状の粉末を使用することができる。塗布型皮膜形成剤(例えば、第1剤若しくは第2剤)又は化粧料には、粉末として、球状粉末のみ又は非球状粉末のみが含まれていてもよく、或いは球状粉末と非球状粉末との両方が含まれていてもよい。 In some embodiments, the powder is not particularly limited, and for example, spherical or non-spherical powders commonly used in the field of cosmetics can be used. The spreadable film-forming agent (e.g., the first agent or the second agent) or the cosmetic may contain only spherical powders or only non-spherical powders, or may contain both spherical and non-spherical powders.

 いくつかの実施態様では、本開示の塗布型皮膜形成剤又は化粧料は球状粉末を含む。球状粉末のサイズは特に制限はない。例えば、球状粉末の平均粒子径は、0.01μm以上、0.05μm以上、0.1μm以上、0.5μm以上、1.0μm以上、3.0μm以上、又は5.0μm以上とすることができ、また、50μm以下、30μm以下、20μm以下、15μm以下、又は10μm以下とすることができる。球状粉末は、平均粒子径がこのような範囲の粉末を単独で又は二種以上組み合わせて使用することができる。 In some embodiments, the applied film-forming agent or cosmetic of the present disclosure includes a spherical powder. There are no particular limitations on the size of the spherical powder. For example, the average particle size of the spherical powder can be 0.01 μm or more, 0.05 μm or more, 0.1 μm or more, 0.5 μm or more, 1.0 μm or more, 3.0 μm or more, or 5.0 μm or more, and can be 50 μm or less, 30 μm or less, 20 μm or less, 15 μm or less, or 10 μm or less. The spherical powders having an average particle size in such ranges can be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds.

 平均粒子径は、粉末形状を球状と仮定したときに、動的光散乱法により光学的に測定された粉末(粒子)の直径の平均値として規定することができる。 The average particle size can be defined as the average value of the diameter of the powder (particles) optically measured by dynamic light scattering, assuming that the powder shape is spherical.

 いくつかの実施態様では、本開示の塗布型皮膜形成剤又は化粧料は非球状粉末を含む。非球状粉末は、上述した球状粉末に包含されない粉末を意図し、例えば、アスペクト比で規定することができる。非球状粉末のアスペクト比は、1.2以上、1.5以上、2.0以上、2.5以上、3.0以上、5.0以上、7.0以上、10以上、15以上、20以上、25以上、又は30以上とすることができ、また、200以下、170以下、150以下、120以下、100以下、70以下、又は50以下とすることができる。非球状粉末は、アスペクト比がこのような範囲の粉末を単独で又は二種以上組み合わせて使用することができる。 In some embodiments, the applied film-forming agent or cosmetic of the present disclosure includes a non-spherical powder. The non-spherical powder is intended to be a powder that is not included in the spherical powder described above, and can be defined, for example, by the aspect ratio. The aspect ratio of the non-spherical powder can be 1.2 or more, 1.5 or more, 2.0 or more, 2.5 or more, 3.0 or more, 5.0 or more, 7.0 or more, 10 or more, 15 or more, 20 or more, 25 or more, or 30 or more, and can be 200 or less, 170 or less, 150 or less, 120 or less, 100 or less, 70 or less, or 50 or less. The non-spherical powder can be used alone or in combination of two or more types of powders having aspect ratios in such ranges.

 アスペクト比は、例えば、顕微鏡観察によって、任意の10個以上(例えば100個)の粉末を抽出し、各粉末の長手方向(面方向)の長さ及び各粉末の短手方向(厚さ方向)の長さを測定し、長手方向の長さを短手方向の長さで除すること(即ち、長手方向の長さ/短手方向の長さ)により算出することができる。長手方向の長さは最も長いものを選択し、短手方向の長さは最も短いものを選択する。アスペクト比は、任意の10個以上(例えば100個)の粉末のアスペクト比の平均値とすることができる。 The aspect ratio can be calculated, for example, by extracting any 10 or more (e.g., 100) powder particles through microscopic observation, measuring the longitudinal (surface) length of each powder and the lateral (thickness) length of each powder, and dividing the longitudinal length by the lateral length (i.e., longitudinal length/lateral length). The powder with the longest longitudinal length is selected, and the powder with the shortest lateral length is selected. The aspect ratio can be taken as the average aspect ratio of any 10 or more (e.g., 100) powder particles.

 いくつかの実施形態において、粉末の種類としては特に制限はなく、例えば、無機粉末及び/又は有機粉末を使用することができる。無機粉末及び有機粉末は、それぞれ単独で又は二種以上組み合わせて使用することができる。 In some embodiments, the type of powder is not particularly limited, and for example, inorganic powder and/or organic powder can be used. The inorganic powder and the organic powder can be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds.

 無機粉末を構成する成分としては、例えば、タルク、カオリン、雲母(例えば、絹雲母(セリサイト)、白雲母、金雲母、合成雲母、合成金雲母鉄、紅雲母、黒雲母)、焼成タルク、焼成雲母(例えば、焼成セリサイト、焼成白雲母、焼成金雲母)、パーミキュライト、炭酸マグネシウム、炭酸カルシウム、ケイ酸アルミニウム、ケイ酸バリウム、ケイ酸カルシウム、ケイ酸マグネシウム、ケイ酸ストロンチウム、ホウケイ酸Ca/Al、タングステン酸金属塩、マグネシウム、シリカ、アルミナ、ゼオライト、水酸化アルミニウム、硫酸バリウム、焼成硫酸カルシウム(焼セッコウ)、リン酸カルシウム、弗素アパタイト、ヒドロキシアパタイト、セラミックパウダー、金属石鹸(例えば、ミリスチン酸亜鉛、パルミチン酸カルシウム、ステアリン酸アルミニウムなど)、窒化ホウ素、フォトクロミック性酸化チタン(酸化鉄を焼結した二酸化チタン、)、及び還元亜鉛華を挙げることができる。このような粉末は、着色性の顔料以外の顔料として、塗布型皮膜形成剤若しくは化粧料の増量又は補強を目的として配合される場合がある。このような目的に使用される粉末を体質顔料と称する場合がある。  Examples of components constituting the inorganic powder include talc, kaolin, mica (e.g., sericite (sericite), muscovite, phlogopite, synthetic mica, synthetic iron phlogopite, red mica, biotite), calcined talc, calcined mica (e.g., calcined sericite, calcined muscovite, calcined phlogopite), permiculite, magnesium carbonate, calcium carbonate, aluminum silicate, barium silicate, calcium silicate, magnesium silicate, strontium silicate, Ca/Aluminum borosilicate, metal salts of tungstate, magnesium, silica, alumina, zeolite, aluminum hydroxide, barium sulfate, calcined calcium sulfate (calcined gypsum), calcium phosphate, fluorapatite, hydroxyapatite, ceramic powder, metal soap (e.g., zinc myristate, calcium palmitate, aluminum stearate, etc.), boron nitride, photochromic titanium oxide (titanium dioxide sintered with iron oxide), and reduced zinc oxide. Such powders may be blended as pigments other than coloring pigments for the purpose of increasing or reinforcing the volume of applied film-forming agents or cosmetics. Powders used for such purposes are sometimes called extender pigments.

 この他、無機粉末として、例えば、無機顔料(「無機着色顔料」と称する場合がある。)を使用することもできる。無機顔料としては、例えば、無機白色系顔料(例えば、二酸化チタン、酸化亜鉛);無機赤色系顔料(例えば、酸化鉄(ベンガラ)、チタン酸鉄);無機褐色系顔料(例えば、γ-酸化鉄);無機黄色系顔料(例えば、黄酸化鉄、黄土);無機黒色系顔料(例えば、黒酸化鉄、低次酸化チタン);無機紫色系顔料(例えば、マンゴバイオレット、コバルトバイオレット);無機緑色系顔料(例えば、酸化クロム、水酸化クロム、チタン酸コバルト);及び無機青色系顔料(例えば、群青、紺青)を挙げることができる。この他、光輝性粉末を挙げることができる。このような光輝性粉末としては、例えば、パール顔料(例えば、オキシ塩化ビスマス、魚鱗箔、雲母チタン、酸化鉄被覆雲母チタン、低次酸化チタン被覆雲母チタン、フォトクロミック性を有する雲母チタン、基板として雲母の代わりタルク、ガラス、合成フッ素金雲母、シリカ、オキシ塩化ビスマスなどを使用したもの、被覆物として酸化チタン以外に、低次性酸化チタン、着色酸化チタン、酸化鉄、アルミナ、シリカ、ジルコニア、酸化亜鉛、酸化コバルト、アルミなどを被覆したもの、機能性パール顔料として、パール顔料表面に樹脂粒子を被覆したもの、パール顔料表面に水酸化アルミニウム粒子を被覆したもの、パール顔料表面に酸化亜鉛粒子を被覆したもの、パール顔料表面に硫酸バリウム粒子を被覆したもの);及び金属粉末顔料(例えば、アルミニウムパウダー、カッパーパウダー)を挙げることができる。 Other inorganic powders that can be used include inorganic pigments (sometimes referred to as "inorganic colored pigments"). Examples of inorganic pigments include inorganic white pigments (e.g., titanium dioxide, zinc oxide); inorganic red pigments (e.g., iron oxide (red oxide), iron titanate); inorganic brown pigments (e.g., gamma-iron oxide); inorganic yellow pigments (e.g., yellow iron oxide, yellow ocher); inorganic black pigments (e.g., black iron oxide, low-order titanium oxide); inorganic purple pigments (e.g., mango violet, cobalt violet); inorganic green pigments (e.g., chromium oxide, chromium hydroxide, cobalt titanate); and inorganic blue pigments (e.g., ultramarine, Prussian blue). Other examples include luster powders. Examples of such glittering powders include pearl pigments (e.g., bismuth oxychloride, fish scale foil, titanium mica, titanium mica coated with iron oxide, titanium mica coated with low-order titanium oxide, titanium mica having photochromic properties, substrates using talc, glass, synthetic fluorine phlogopite, silica, bismuth oxychloride, etc. instead of mica, coatings coated with low-order titanium oxide, colored titanium oxide, iron oxide, alumina, silica, zirconia, zinc oxide, cobalt oxide, aluminum, etc. in addition to titanium oxide, functional pearl pigments coated with resin particles, coated with aluminum hydroxide particles, coated with zinc oxide particles, and coated with barium sulfate particles); and metal powder pigments (e.g., aluminum powder, copper powder).

 有機粉末を構成する成分としては、例えば、シリコーンエラストマー、シリコーン、シリコーンレジン被覆シリコーンエラストマー、ポリアミド樹脂(例えばナイロン)、ポリオレフィン樹脂(例えばポリエチレン)、ポリメタクリル酸メチル、ポリスチレン、スチレンとアクリル酸との共重合体樹脂、ベンゾグアナミン樹脂、フッ素樹脂(例えばポリ四フッ化エチレン)、デンプン(例えばオクテニルコハク酸デンプンAl)、(HDI/トリメチロールヘキシルラクトン)クロスポリマー、(ジフェニルジメチコン/ビニルジフェニルジメチコン/シルセスキオキサン)クロスポリマー及び(IPDI/ポリ(1,4-ブタンジオール)-14)クロスポリマー等のクロスポリマー、並びにセルロースを挙げることができる。 The components constituting the organic powder include, for example, silicone elastomer, silicone, silicone resin-coated silicone elastomer, polyamide resin (e.g., nylon), polyolefin resin (e.g., polyethylene), polymethylmethacrylate, polystyrene, copolymer resin of styrene and acrylic acid, benzoguanamine resin, fluororesin (e.g., polytetrafluoroethylene), starch (e.g., starch aluminum octenylsuccinate), crosspolymers such as (HDI/trimethylolhexyllactone) crosspolymer, (diphenyl dimethicone/vinyl diphenyl dimethicone/silsesquioxane) crosspolymer, and (IPDI/poly(1,4-butanediol)-14) crosspolymer, and cellulose.

 この他、有機粉末として、例えば、有機顔料(「有機着色顔料」と称する場合がある。)及び/又は色素を使用することもできる。有機顔料としては、例えば、ジルコニウム、バリウム又はアルミニウムレーキ等の有機顔料、具体的には、例えば、赤色201号、赤色202号、赤色204号、赤色205号、赤色220号、赤色226号、赤色228号、赤色405号、橙色203号、橙色204号、黄色205号、黄色401号、及び青色404号などの有機顔料、赤色3号、赤色104号、赤色106号、赤色227号、赤色230号、赤色401号、赤色505号、橙色205号、黄色4号、黄色5号、黄色202号、黄色203号、緑色3号、及び青色1号を挙げることができる。 Other than the above, organic powders may be, for example, organic pigments (sometimes referred to as "organic coloring pigments") and/or dyes. Examples of organic pigments include organic pigments such as zirconium, barium, or aluminum lake, specifically, for example, organic pigments such as Red No. 201, Red No. 202, Red No. 204, Red No. 205, Red No. 220, Red No. 226, Red No. 228, Red No. 405, Orange No. 203, Orange No. 204, Yellow No. 205, Yellow No. 401, and Blue No. 404, Red No. 3, Red No. 104, Red No. 106, Red No. 227, Red No. 230, Red No. 401, Red No. 505, Orange No. 205, Yellow No. 4, Yellow No. 5, Yellow No. 202, Yellow No. 203, Green No. 3, and Blue No. 1.

 色素としては、例えば、天然色素、具体的には、例えば、クロロフィル、及びβ-カロチンを挙げることができる。 Examples of pigments include natural pigments, specifically, for example, chlorophyll and β-carotene.

 いくつかの実施態様において、本開示の塗布型皮膜形成剤又は化粧料は、疎水性粉末を含む。疎水性粉末は、粉末を油相に分散させる場合に好適である。疎水性粉末は、単独で又は二種以上組み合わせて使用することができる。 In some embodiments, the applied film-forming agent or cosmetic of the present disclosure includes a hydrophobic powder. The hydrophobic powder is suitable when the powder is dispersed in an oil phase. The hydrophobic powder can be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds.

 本開示において「疎水性」とは、水に対する親和性が低い性能を意図する。疎水性の性能は、例えば、イオン交換水50gと評価粉末0.1gとを透明な密封容器に入れ、50℃で1日保存した後、目視による観察で評価することができる。具体的には、評価粉末の大部分(例えば50%以上の評価粉末)が、イオン交換水の表面付近(例えば水面から略1cm下方までの領域内)に存在する場合に、粉末は「疎水性」であると評価することができる。また、評価する粉末の比重が大きい場合(例えば比重が3.0g/cm超又は5.0g/cm以上の場合)には、かかる評価方法に代えて次の方法により「疎水性」を評価することもできる。例えば、25℃の雰囲気下、粉末を充填した容器にイオン交換水を滴下しときに、かかる水が表面を転がるような水滴となる場合を「疎水性」と評価することができる。 In the present disclosure, "hydrophobicity" refers to a performance with low affinity to water. The hydrophobic performance can be evaluated, for example, by placing 50 g of ion-exchanged water and 0.1 g of the evaluation powder in a transparent sealed container, storing at 50° C. for one day, and then visually observing the powder. Specifically, when most of the evaluation powder (e.g., 50% or more of the evaluation powder) is present near the surface of the ion-exchanged water (e.g., within a region approximately 1 cm below the water surface), the powder can be evaluated as "hydrophobic". In addition, when the specific gravity of the powder to be evaluated is large (e.g., when the specific gravity is greater than 3.0 g/cm 3 or greater than 5.0 g/cm 3 ), the "hydrophobicity" can also be evaluated by the following method instead of the evaluation method. For example, when ion-exchanged water is dropped into a container filled with the powder in an atmosphere of 25° C., the water can be evaluated as "hydrophobic" when it turns into droplets that roll on the surface.

 疎水性粉末は、上述した粉末に対し、例えば、疎水性能を呈し得る表面処理剤で処理して得ることができる。 Hydrophobic powders can be obtained by treating the above-mentioned powders with, for example, a surface treatment agent that can provide hydrophobic properties.

 このような表面処理剤としては、例えば、高級脂肪酸、金属石鹸、油脂、ロウ、シリコーン化合物(例えば、カルボキシデシルトリシロキサン、ジメチコン、アクリル-シリコーン系グラフト共重合体)、フッ素化合物、炭化水素、後述するシリコーン系界面活性剤以外の他の界面活性剤、デキストリン脂肪酸エステル(例えば、パルミチン酸デキストリン)、ポリグリセリン脂肪酸エステル(例えば、テトライソステアリン酸ポリグリセリル-2)、アミノ酸(ラウロイルリシン)、ジステアリルジモニウムクロリド、及びジステアリルジモニウムクロリドを挙げることができる。ここで、高級脂肪酸は、炭素原子数が6以上の飽和脂肪酸又は不飽和脂肪酸を意図することができ、具体的には、ミリスチン酸、ステアリン酸などを挙げることができる。表面処理剤は、単独で又は二種以上組み合わせて使用することができる。 Such surface treatment agents include, for example, higher fatty acids, metal soaps, oils and fats, waxes, silicone compounds (e.g., carboxydecyltrisiloxane, dimethicone, acrylic-silicone graft copolymers), fluorine compounds, hydrocarbons, surfactants other than the silicone surfactants described below, dextrin fatty acid esters (e.g., dextrin palmitate), polyglycerin fatty acid esters (e.g., polyglyceryl-2 tetraisostearate), amino acids (lauroyl lysine), distearyldimonium chloride, and distearyldimonium chloride. Here, the higher fatty acid may refer to a saturated or unsaturated fatty acid having 6 or more carbon atoms, and specific examples include myristic acid and stearic acid. The surface treatment agents may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

 いくつかの実施形態において、本開示の化粧料が、粉末、不飽和オルガノポリシロキサン及びシリコーン系界面活性剤を含む場合、粉末、不飽和オルガノポリシロキサン及びシリコーン系界面活性剤は、上述した塗布型皮膜形成剤で使用されたものを同様に採用することができる。 In some embodiments, when the cosmetic composition of the present disclosure contains a powder, an unsaturated organopolysiloxane, and a silicone-based surfactant, the powder, the unsaturated organopolysiloxane, and the silicone-based surfactant may be the same as those used in the above-mentioned applied film-forming agent.

(水)
 水としては特に制限はなく、例えば、化粧料又は医薬部外品において使用される水を使用することができる。例えば、イオン交換水、蒸留水、超純水、及び水道水を使用することができる。
(water)
The water is not particularly limited, and for example, water used in cosmetics or quasi-drugs can be used, such as ion-exchanged water, distilled water, ultrapure water, and tap water.

 水の配合量としては特に制限はなく、例えば、採用する剤型の種類等に応じて適宜調整することができる。 There are no particular limitations on the amount of water to be added, and it can be adjusted as appropriate depending on, for example, the type of formulation used.

《塗布型皮膜形成剤の使用方法》
 本開示の塗布型皮膜形成剤の使用方法としては特に制限はなく、例えば、以下のいずれかの工程を含み得る。なお、かかる方法によれば、例えば、顔などに対して化粧も施し得るため、該方法は、化粧方法と称することもできる。また、本開示の塗布型皮膜形成剤の使用方法には、人間を手術、治療又は診断する方法は包含しない:
 第1剤を対象部位(例えば体表)に適用して第1剤層を形成した後に、該第1剤層上に第2剤を適用し、厚さが50μm以上の皮膜を形成する、又は、
 第2剤を対象部位(例えば体表)に適用して第2剤層を形成した後に、該第2剤層上に第1剤を適用し、厚さが50μm以上の皮膜を形成する、又は
 第1剤及び第2剤を混合して混合物を調製した後に、該混合物を対象部位(例えば体表)に適用し、厚さが50μm以上の被膜を形成する。
How to use the coating agent
The method of using the applied-type film-forming agent of the present disclosure is not particularly limited, and may include, for example, any of the following steps. Note that, according to this method, for example, makeup can be applied to the face, and therefore the method can also be called a makeup method. In addition, the method of using the applied-type film-forming agent of the present disclosure does not include methods for surgery, treatment, or diagnosis of humans:
Applying the first agent to a target site (e.g., a body surface) to form a first agent layer, and then applying the second agent onto the first agent layer to form a coating having a thickness of 50 μm or more; or
The second agent is applied to the target site (e.g., the body surface) to form a second agent layer, and then the first agent is applied onto the second agent layer to form a film having a thickness of 50 μm or more; or, the first agent and the second agent are mixed to prepare a mixture, and then the mixture is applied to the target site (e.g., the body surface) to form a film having a thickness of 50 μm or more.

 凹部欠陥の補正効果及び自然な仕上がり性能の観点から、かかる使用方法としては、第1剤を対象部位に適用して第1剤層を形成した後に、この第1剤層上に第2剤を適用し、架橋させて皮膜を形成する方法が好ましい。ここで、第1剤、及び第2剤については、上述した材料を同様に使用することができる。 From the viewpoint of correcting the recess defects and achieving a natural finish, the preferred method of use is to apply the first agent to the target area to form a layer of the first agent, and then apply the second agent onto the first agent layer and crosslink the layer to form a film. Here, the materials described above can be used for the first and second agents in the same manner.

 この方法は、1回で済ませてもよく、或いは、形成した皮膜に対して、かかる方法を複数回(例えば2回以上又は3回以上)実施してもよい。複数回実施する場合には、該方法は、例えば、以下のいずれかの操作を含み得る。かかる方法によれば、仮に塗布型皮膜形成剤の粘度が低いような場合であっても、厚さが50μm以上の被膜を形成することができる:
 形成した皮膜に対して第1剤を適用して第1剤層を形成した後に、該第1剤層上に第2剤を適用し、皮膜をさらに形成する操作、又は、
 形成した皮膜に対して第2剤を適用して第2剤層を形成した後に、該第2剤層上に第1剤を適用し、皮膜をさらに形成する操作、又は
 第1剤及び第2剤を混合して混合物を調製した後に、形成した皮膜に対して混合物を適用し、皮膜をさらに形成する操作。
This method may be performed once, or may be performed multiple times (e.g., two or more times, or three or more times) on the formed coating. When performed multiple times, the method may include, for example, any of the following operations. According to this method, even if the viscosity of the paint-type film-forming agent is low, a coating having a thickness of 50 μm or more can be formed:
Applying a first agent to the formed coating to form a first agent layer, and then applying a second agent onto the first agent layer to further form a coating; or
An operation of applying a second agent to the formed coating to form a second agent layer, and then applying a first agent onto the second agent layer to further form a coating; or an operation of mixing the first agent and the second agent to prepare a mixture, and then applying the mixture to the formed coating to further form a coating.

 本開示の塗布型皮膜形成剤によれば、厚さ50μm以上の皮膜を形成することができる。したがって、本開示の塗布型皮膜形成剤は、厚さ50μm以上の皮膜を形成するための塗布型皮膜形成剤と称することもできる。 The coat-type film-forming agent of the present disclosure can form a film having a thickness of 50 μm or more. Therefore, the coat-type film-forming agent of the present disclosure can also be called a coat-type film-forming agent for forming a film having a thickness of 50 μm or more.

 皮膜の厚さは、凹部欠陥の補正効果及び自然な仕上がり性能の観点から、50μm以上、70μm以上、90μm以上、100μm以上、110μm以上、120μm以上、130μm以上、140μm以上、又は150μm以上とすることができる。かかる厚さの上限値としては特に制限はなく、例えば、300μm以下、270μm以下、250μm以下、230μm以下、200μm以下、170μm以下、又は150μm以下とすることができる。皮膜の厚さはこのようは範囲で適宜採用することができる。ここで、厚さは、高精度デジマチックマイクロメータ(MDH-25MB、株式会社ミツトヨ製)を使用し、対象部位から剥がした皮膜の任意の部分の厚さを5回測定して算出した平均値として定義することができる。対象部位から剥がした皮膜の表面は、毛穴等の凹部欠陥に付随した微小な凹凸を有しているが、かかる測定方法で得られた膜厚であれば、皮膜が毛穴等の凹部欠陥に侵入し、その部位を補正する効果を奏することができる。 The thickness of the coating may be 50 μm or more, 70 μm or more, 90 μm or more, 100 μm or more, 110 μm or more, 120 μm or more, 130 μm or more, 140 μm or more, or 150 μm or more, from the viewpoint of the effect of correcting recess defects and natural finish performance. There is no particular limit to the upper limit of the thickness, and it may be, for example, 300 μm or less, 270 μm or less, 250 μm or less, 230 μm or less, 200 μm or less, 170 μm or less, or 150 μm or less. The thickness of the coating may be appropriately adopted within such a range. Here, the thickness may be defined as the average value calculated by measuring the thickness of any part of the coating peeled off from the target part five times using a high-precision digital micrometer (MDH-25MB, manufactured by Mitutoyo Corporation). The surface of the film peeled off from the target area has minute irregularities associated with pores and other concave defects, but if the film thickness is measured using this method, the film will penetrate into the pores and other concave defects and have the effect of correcting the area.

 いくつかの実施態様では、第1剤、第2剤、又は第1剤及び第2剤を含む混合物を対象部位に適用する前に、化粧料を対象部位に適用してもよく;第1剤を対象部位に適用して第1剤層を形成し、該第1剤層上に化粧料を適用した後に、該化粧料を覆うように前記第2剤を適用してもよく;第2剤を対象部位に適用して第2剤層を形成し、該第2剤層上に化粧料を適用した後に、該化粧料を覆うように第1剤を適用してもよく;又は、皮膜を形成した後に、該皮膜に化粧料を適用してもよい。いくつかの実施態様において、本開示の塗布型皮膜形成剤は、下地剤又は下地化粧料として使用することができる。 In some embodiments, a cosmetic may be applied to the target site before applying the first agent, the second agent, or a mixture containing the first agent and the second agent to the target site; a first agent may be applied to the target site to form a first agent layer, a cosmetic may be applied on the first agent layer, and the second agent may be applied to cover the cosmetic; a second agent may be applied to the target site to form a second agent layer, a cosmetic may be applied on the second agent layer, and the first agent may be applied to cover the cosmetic; or a film may be formed, and then a cosmetic may be applied to the film. In some embodiments, the spread-type film-forming agent of the present disclosure can be used as a base agent or base cosmetic.

 化粧料としては特に制限はなく、例えば、美容液、化粧水、乳液等のスキンケア化粧料、サンスクリーン化粧料(日焼け止め化粧料)、下地用化粧料、若しくはファンデーション、グロス、口紅、アイシャドー、マニキュア等のメイクアップ化粧料、又はこれらの化粧料の機能を2つ以上複合した化粧料を使用することができる。 There are no particular limitations on the cosmetics, and examples of the cosmetics that can be used include skin care cosmetics such as serums, lotions, and emulsions, sunscreen cosmetics (sun protection cosmetics), base cosmetics, or make-up cosmetics such as foundations, glosses, lipsticks, eye shadows, and nail polishes, or cosmetics that combine the functions of two or more of these cosmetics.

 化粧料は、粉末化粧料であってもよい。この場合において、化粧料全体の質量に対する水の質量の割合(水分率と称される場合がある。)は、50質量%未満であってもよく、40質量%未満であってもよく、30質量%未満であってもよく、20質量%未満であってもよく、15質量%以下であってもよく、10質量%以下であってもよく、5質量%以下であってもよく、3質量%以下であってもよく、2質量%以下であってもよく、1質量%以下であってもよく、1質量%未満であってもよい。かかる割合の下限値としては特に制限はなく、例えば、0質量%以上、0質量%超、又は1質量%以上とすることができる。 The cosmetic may be a powder cosmetic. In this case, the ratio of the mass of water to the mass of the entire cosmetic (sometimes referred to as moisture content) may be less than 50% by mass, less than 40% by mass, less than 30% by mass, less than 20% by mass, 15% by mass or less, 10% by mass or less, 5% by mass or less, 3% by mass or less, 2% by mass or less, 1% by mass or less, or less than 1% by mass. There is no particular limit to the lower limit of such a ratio, and it may be, for example, 0% by mass or more, more than 0% by mass, or 1% by mass or more.

 上記の水分率は、加熱減量法により測定される。上記の水分率は、例えば、加熱乾燥式水分計(株式会社エー・アンド・デイ MS-70)により測定される。より具体的には、粉末化粧料が、水よりも沸点の低い物質を実質的に含んでいない場合(例えば、粉末化粧料の質量に対する、水よりも沸点の低い物質の質量の割合が5質量%未満の場合である)、上記の水分率は、加熱減量法により測定される。一方、粉末化粧料が、水よりも沸点の低い物質を所定量以上含む場合、上記の水分率は、近赤外分光法により測定されてもよい。上記の所定量としては、5質量%が例示される。 The moisture content is measured by the heat loss method. The moisture content is measured, for example, using a heat-dry moisture meter (MS-70, A&D Co., Ltd.). More specifically, when the powder cosmetic does not substantially contain any substance with a boiling point lower than that of water (for example, when the ratio of the mass of the substance with a boiling point lower than that of water to the mass of the powder cosmetic is less than 5 mass%), the moisture content is measured by the heat loss method. On the other hand, when the powder cosmetic contains a predetermined amount or more of a substance with a boiling point lower than that of water, the moisture content may be measured by near-infrared spectroscopy. An example of the predetermined amount is 5 mass%.

 また、いくつかの実施態様において、本開示の塗布型皮膜形成剤の使用方法は、美容方法として利用することもできる。例えば、乾燥にさらされた皮膚は、知らず知らずのうちに水分が奪われ、肌表面の角質層の水分量が保てない状態になる場合がある。肌の水分が足りなくなると、肌自らがつくりだす保湿成分(天然保湿因子:Natural Moisturizing Factor (NMF))がうまくつくりだせなくなる。その結果、肌表面におけるバリア機能及び保湿機能が低下し、肌はダメージを受けやすくなるため、うるおいを失って肌あれ等を引き起こすと考えられている。 Furthermore, in some embodiments, the method of using the applied film-forming agent of the present disclosure can also be used as a cosmetic method. For example, when skin is exposed to dryness, moisture is unknowingly lost, and the stratum corneum on the skin surface may not be able to maintain its moisture content. When the skin does not have enough moisture, it is no longer able to effectively produce the moisturizing components (Natural Moisturizing Factors (NMFs)) that it produces itself. As a result, the barrier function and moisturizing function of the skin surface are reduced, making the skin more susceptible to damage, which is thought to cause a loss of moisture and lead to rough skin, etc.

 一方、例えば皮膚に対して本開示の塗布型皮膜形成剤による皮膜を適用すると、皮膜によるオクルージョン効果(肌から水分が抜けることを防ぐ効果)によって皮膚を良好に保湿することができる。その結果、例えば、肌自らがつくりだす保湿成分の生成機能が改善されるとともに、角質層におけるターンオーバーの不調も改善されるため肌あれ等のトラブルが生じがたくなり、美容効果を高めることができる。なお、「美容方法」とは、本開示の塗布型皮膜形成剤を対象部位に適用して皮膜を形成し、対象部位(例えば顔)の状態を美しく整えることを意味し、人間を手術、治療又は診断する方法とは相違する。 On the other hand, for example, when a film made from the applied film-forming agent of the present disclosure is applied to the skin, the occlusion effect of the film (the effect of preventing moisture from escaping from the skin) can effectively moisturize the skin. As a result, for example, the skin's own production function of moisturizing ingredients is improved, and turnover problems in the stratum corneum are also improved, making skin problems such as roughness less likely to occur, and improving the beauty effect. Note that a "beauty method" refers to applying the applied film-forming agent of the present disclosure to a target area to form a film and beautify the condition of the target area (for example, the face), and is different from a method of surgery, treatment, or diagnosis of a human.

 対象部位、化粧料適用層、又は第1剤層若しくは第2剤層に対し、第1剤又は第2剤を適用する方法としては特に制限はなく、例えば、指などで塗り広げる手段、スプレー塗布、転写などを採用することができる。 There are no particular limitations on the method for applying the first or second agent to the target area, the cosmetic application layer, or the first or second agent layer, and for example, methods such as spreading with fingers, spray application, transfer, etc. can be used.

 また、例えば、第1剤及び/又は第2剤が水と油に分離しているときは、第1剤と第2剤との架橋反応性、及び皮膜内における顔料級粒子の分散性等の観点から、これらの剤を振とうして強制的に二相系(水中油型又は油中水型)にすることが好ましい。 Also, for example, when the first agent and/or the second agent are separated into water and oil, it is preferable to shake these agents to forcibly make them into a two-phase system (oil-in-water type or water-in-oil type) from the viewpoint of the crosslinking reactivity between the first agent and the second agent, the dispersibility of pigment-class particles in the coating, etc.

〈対象部位〉
 本開示の塗布型皮膜形成剤は、体のあらゆる部分、例えば皮膚の表面(体表)に対して適用することができる。本開示の塗布型皮膜形成剤は、例えば、頭、顔(唇、目元、鼻、頬、額など)、首、耳、手、腕、脚、足、胸、腹、背中、臀部、爪等に対して適宜適用することができる。ここで、皮膚には、皮膚の表皮の角質が変化して硬化した爪なども含まれる。
<Target area>
The applied film-forming agent of the present disclosure can be applied to any part of the body, for example, the surface of the skin (body surface). The applied film-forming agent of the present disclosure can be appropriately applied to, for example, the head, face (lips, eyes, nose, cheeks, forehead, etc.), neck, ears, hands, arms, legs, feet, chest, abdomen, back, buttocks, nails, etc. Here, the skin also includes nails that have hardened due to changes in the keratin of the epidermis of the skin.

《塗布型皮膜形成剤を備えるキット》
 本開示の塗布型皮膜形成剤は、かかる形成剤を構成する上述した第1剤及び第2剤を有するキットとして提供することができる。キットは、第1剤及び第2剤以外に、例えば、第1剤などを対象部位へ塗布しやすくするための部材、上述した各種化粧料などの任意の部材を有していてもよく、或いは、任意の部材と組み合わせて用いてもよい。
<<Kit with a coating-type film-forming agent>>
The paint-type film-forming agent of the present disclosure can be provided as a kit having the above-mentioned first and second agents constituting the agent. In addition to the first and second agents, the kit may have optional components such as a component for facilitating application of the first agent, etc. to a target site, the various cosmetics described above, or the kit may be used in combination with optional components.

 任意の部材としては、例えば、使用説明書、へら状のアプリケータ、刷毛、綿棒、カッター、ハサミ、上述した各種化粧料、形成した皮膜を対象部位から除去するためのリムーバー、鏡等を挙げることができる。ここで、「使用説明書」とは、キット内に書類の形態で添付されている一般的な使用説明書以外に、例えば、キットを収容する包装容器、又は第1剤等を注入するチューブ等の包装容器に対して使用説明文が印字された状態のものも包含することができる。 Optional components include, for example, an instruction manual, a spatula-shaped applicator, a brush, a cotton swab, a cutter, scissors, the various cosmetics mentioned above, a remover for removing the formed film from the target area, a mirror, etc. Here, "instructions for use" can include not only general instructions for use that are attached in the form of a document within the kit, but also instructions for use printed on, for example, the packaging container that contains the kit, or the packaging container such as a tube for injecting the first agent, etc.

 ある実施態様では、キットは、第1剤及び第2剤の接触を防止するために、例えば、これらの剤が、別々の容器に内包されていてもよく、又は2つ以上の区画を有する容器の各区画内に別々に内包されていてもよい。また、これらの内包されている剤は、1度に1つずつ適用されるように構成されてもよく、又は使用前若しくは使用時に一緒に混合されるように構成されてもよい。 In some embodiments, the kit may include, for example, the first and second agents packaged in separate containers or in separate compartments of a container having two or more compartments to prevent contact between the first and second agents. The packaged agents may be configured to be applied one at a time or to be mixed together before or during use.

 ある実施態様では、キットは、形成した皮膜を対象部位から除去するためのリムーバーと組み合わせて使用することができる。ここで「組み合わせて使用する」とは、キットとリムーバーを一体として使用すること、すなわち、キット内にリムーバーを内包させること、又は、キットとリムーバーを別体として使用することを含む。例えば、個人に最適な塗布型皮膜形成剤とリムーバーを提供できることから、塗布型皮膜形成剤を備えるキットと、リムーバーとは別体として組み合わせて使用することが好ましい。 In one embodiment, the kit can be used in combination with a remover for removing the formed film from the target site. Here, "use in combination" includes using the kit and remover as an integrated unit, i.e., including the remover in the kit, or using the kit and remover separately. For example, it is preferable to use a kit including a coat-type film-forming agent in combination with a separate remover, since it is possible to provide an optimal coat-type film-forming agent and remover for each individual.

〈リムーバー〉
 本開示の塗布型皮膜形成剤によって対象部位に形成された皮膜は、以下に示す特定のリムーバーを用いると、対象部位から好適に除去することができる。本開示の特定のリムーバーを用いた場合には、皮膜の強度を低下させることがないため、皮膜を破ることなく対象部位から一度に剥がすことができる。従来の日焼け止め化粧料は、例えば皮膚に適用した化粧料を皮膚から除去する場合には、洗浄料などを用いて洗い流す作業などが必要であった。一方、本開示の塗布型皮膜形成剤による皮膜は、このような作業を要せずに、より簡易に紫外線防御性能を呈する皮膜を対象部位(例えば皮膚)から剥がすことができる。
Remover
The film formed on the target site by the applied film-forming agent of the present disclosure can be suitably removed from the target site by using the specific remover shown below. When the specific remover of the present disclosure is used, the strength of the film is not reduced, so the film can be peeled off from the target site in one go without breaking. For example, when a conventional sunscreen cosmetic is applied to the skin and then removed from the skin, it is necessary to wash it off with a detergent or the like. On the other hand, the film formed by the applied film-forming agent of the present disclosure does not require such a procedure, and the film exhibiting ultraviolet protection performance can be peeled off from the target site (e.g., skin) more easily.

 いくつかの実施形態において、本開示の塗布型皮膜形成剤によって形成された皮膜の除去に使用される好適なリムーバーは、重量平均分子量が300以上800以下の炭化水素油、及び重量平均分子量が260以上400以下である極性油からなる群から選択される少なくとも一種を含む。皮膜を好適に除去する観点から、かかる炭化水素油と極性油は併用することが好ましい。 In some embodiments, a suitable remover used to remove a film formed by the applied film-forming agent of the present disclosure contains at least one selected from the group consisting of a hydrocarbon oil having a weight-average molecular weight of 300 or more and 800 or less, and a polar oil having a weight-average molecular weight of 260 or more and 400 or less. From the viewpoint of effectively removing the film, it is preferable to use such a hydrocarbon oil and a polar oil in combination.

(炭化水素油)
 炭化水素油の重量平均分子量は、皮膜を好適に除去する観点から、320以上、又は350以上であることが好ましく、380以上であることがより好ましく、また、750以下又は700以下であることが好ましく、690以下であることがより好ましい。炭化水素油は、単独で又は二種以上組み合わせて使用することができる。
(Hydrocarbon oil)
From the viewpoint of suitably removing the film, the weight average molecular weight of the hydrocarbon oil is preferably 320 or more, or 350 or more, and more preferably 380 or more, and is preferably 750 or less, or 700 or less, and more preferably 690 or less. The hydrocarbon oils can be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds.

 炭化水素油の種類としては特に制限はなく、例えば、流動パラフィン(ミネラルオイル)、オレフィンオリゴマー及びその水素添加物(例えば水添ポリデセン)、並びにスクワランを挙げることができる。 The type of hydrocarbon oil is not particularly limited, and examples include liquid paraffin (mineral oil), olefin oligomers and their hydrogenated products (e.g., hydrogenated polydecene), and squalane.

 炭化水素油の配合量としては特に制限はなく、例えば、皮膜を好適に除去する観点から、リムーバーを構成する組成物の全量に対し、1.0質量%以上、5.0質量%以上、10質量%以上、20質量%以上、又は30質量%以上とすることができる。配合量の上限値としては特に制限はなく、例えば、100質量%以下、100質量%未満、80質量%以下、70質量%以下、60質量%以下、又は50質量%以下とすることができる。 The amount of hydrocarbon oil is not particularly limited, and from the viewpoint of effectively removing the film, it can be, for example, 1.0 mass% or more, 5.0 mass% or more, 10 mass% or more, 20 mass% or more, or 30 mass% or more relative to the total amount of the composition constituting the remover. There is no particular upper limit to the amount, and it can be, for example, 100 mass% or less, less than 100 mass%, 80 mass% or less, 70 mass% or less, 60 mass% or less, or 50 mass% or less.

(極性油)
 極性油の重量平均分子量は、皮膜を好適に除去する観点から、265以上又は270以上であることが好ましく、また、390以下、380以下、又は370以下あることが好ましい。極性油のIOB値は、皮膜を好適に除去する観点から、0.12以上又は0.13以上であることが好ましく、また、1.48以下、1.47以下、又は1.46以下であることが好ましい。極性油は、単独で又は二種以上組み合わせて使用することができる。
(polar oil)
From the viewpoint of suitable removal of the film, the weight average molecular weight of the polar oil is preferably 265 or more or 270 or more, and preferably 390 or less, 380 or less, or 370 or less. From the viewpoint of suitable removal of the film, the IOB value of the polar oil is preferably 0.12 or more or 0.13 or more, and preferably 1.48 or less, 1.47 or less, or 1.46 or less. The polar oils may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds.

 極性油の種類としては特に制限はなく、例えば、エステル油を挙げることができる。その具体例としては、ミリスチン酸イソプロピル(IOB値=0.18)、エチルヘキサン酸エチルヘキシル(IOB値=0.20)、安息香酸アルキル(C12-15)(IOB値=0.18)、コハク酸ジエチルヘキシル(IOB値=0.32)、ジヘプタン酸ネオペンチルグリコール(IOB値=0.33)、トリ(カプリル酸/カプリン酸)グリセリル(IOB値=0.28)、及びジピバリン酸PPG-3(IOB値=1.46)、パルミチン酸オクチル(IOB値=0.13)を挙げることができる。 There are no particular limitations on the type of polar oil, and examples include ester oils. Specific examples include isopropyl myristate (IOB value = 0.18), ethylhexyl ethylhexanoate (IOB value = 0.20), alkyl benzoate (C12-15) (IOB value = 0.18), diethylhexyl succinate (IOB value = 0.32), neopentyl glycol diheptanoate (IOB value = 0.33), tri(caprylic acid/capric acid)glyceryl (IOB value = 0.28), PPG-3 dipivalate (IOB value = 1.46), and octyl palmitate (IOB value = 0.13).

 極性油の配合量としては特に制限はなく、例えば、皮膜を好適に除去する観点から、リムーバーを構成する組成物の全量に対し、1.0質量%以上、5.0質量%以上、10質量%以上、15質量%以上、又は20質量%以上とすることができる。配合量の上限値としては特に制限はなく、例えば、100質量%以下、100質量%未満、80質量%以下、70質量%以下、60質量%以下、又は50質量%以下とすることができる。 There is no particular limit to the amount of polar oil blended, and from the viewpoint of effectively removing the film, for example, it can be 1.0 mass% or more, 5.0 mass% or more, 10 mass% or more, 15 mass% or more, or 20 mass% or more relative to the total amount of the composition constituting the remover. There is no particular limit to the upper limit of the blended amount, and it can be, for example, 100 mass% or less, less than 100 mass%, 80 mass% or less, 70 mass% or less, 60 mass% or less, or 50 mass% or less.

(任意成分)
 本開示のリムーバーは、皮膜の除去効果に悪影響を及ぼさない範囲で、各種成分を適宜配合することができる。各種成分としては、例えば、界面活性剤(乳化剤)、保湿剤、増粘剤、水溶性高分子、油溶性高分子、皮膜形成剤、高級脂肪酸、金属イオン封鎖剤、低級アルコール、高級アルコール、多価アルコール、変性アルコール、各種抽出液、糖、アミノ酸、有機アミン、高分子エマルジョン、キレート剤、紫外線吸収剤、pH調整剤、皮膚栄養剤、ビタミン、医薬品、医薬部外品、化粧品等に適用可能な水溶性薬剤、緩衝剤、退色防止剤、酸化防止剤、防腐剤、分散剤、噴射剤、充填剤、顔料、染料、色素、香料、水、上記以外の他の油分を挙げることができる。任意成分は単独で又は二種以上組み合わせて使用することができる。
(optional ingredient)
The remover of the present disclosure can be appropriately blended with various components within a range that does not adversely affect the film removal effect. Examples of various components include surfactants (emulsifiers), moisturizers, thickeners, water-soluble polymers, oil-soluble polymers, film-forming agents, higher fatty acids, sequestering agents, lower alcohols, higher alcohols, polyhydric alcohols, denatured alcohols, various extracts, sugars, amino acids, organic amines, polymer emulsions, chelating agents, UV absorbers, pH adjusters, skin nutrients, vitamins, water-soluble drugs applicable to medicines, quasi-drugs, cosmetics, etc., buffers, color-fading inhibitors, antioxidants, preservatives, dispersants, propellants, fillers, pigments, dyes, colorings, fragrances, water, and other oils other than those mentioned above. Optional components can be used alone or in combination of two or more.

 本開示のリムーバーは、上記の炭化水素油及び極性油以外の他の油分を含み得る。しかしながら、シリコーン油は、皮膜の強度を低下させるおそれがあり、その結果、皮膜の除去性能を低下させるおそれがある。したがって、シリコーン油の配合量としては、皮膜を好適に除去する観点から、リムーバーを構成する組成物の全量に対し、10質量%以下、5.0質量%以下、1.0質量%以下、0.5質量%以下、又は0.1質量%以下とすることが好ましく、また、シリコーン油はリムーバーを構成する組成物に含まれないことがより好ましい。 The remover of the present disclosure may contain oils other than the above-mentioned hydrocarbon oils and polar oils. However, silicone oils may reduce the strength of the film, and as a result, may reduce the film removal performance. Therefore, from the viewpoint of effectively removing the film, the amount of silicone oil is preferably 10 mass % or less, 5.0 mass % or less, 1.0 mass % or less, 0.5 mass % or less, or 0.1 mass % or less relative to the total amount of the composition constituting the remover, and it is more preferable that silicone oil is not included in the composition constituting the remover.

〈リムーバーの使用方法〉
 リムーバーの使用方法としては特に制限はない。一般的には、リムーバーは、対象部位に形成した皮膜の一部又は全体に塗布し、任意にこするなどして使用することができる。そして、対象部位から剥がれた皮膜を指などで引っ張ることによって皮膜を除去することができる。
How to use the remover
There is no particular limitation on the method of using the remover. In general, the remover can be applied to a part or the whole of the film formed on the target site, and then optionally rubbed. Then, the film can be removed by pulling the film that has peeled off from the target site with a finger or the like.

 以下に実施例を挙げて、本発明についてさらに詳しく説明を行うが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。なお、以下、特に断りのない限り、配合量は質量%で示す。また、実施例に記載される評価方法は、実施例に記載される形成剤及び該形成剤によって形成された皮膜に限らず、上述した形成剤及び該形成剤によって形成された皮膜に対しても同様に採用することができる。 The present invention will be described in more detail below with reference to examples, but the present invention is not limited to these. Unless otherwise specified, the blend amounts are shown in mass %. The evaluation methods described in the examples are not limited to the forming agents and films formed by the forming agents described in the examples, but can be similarly applied to the above-mentioned forming agents and films formed by the forming agents.

《評価試験1》
 下記の製造方法により得た各試験サンプルを用いて以下に示す各試験を実施し、その結果を表2に示す。
Evaluation Test 1
The following tests were carried out using the test samples obtained by the manufacturing methods described below, and the results are shown in Table 2.

〈凹部欠陥の補正効果試験〉
 高性能人工皮膚模型として市販されているバイオスキン(新年代別頬部肌模型、30代、株式会社ビューラックス製)を用意した。このバイオスキンに対し、試験サンプルの第1剤及び第2剤を順に塗布し、所定厚の皮膜を形成した。蛍光灯の下、バイオスキンの皮膜面を上側として机に配置した。眼が皮膜面から約30cm離れた位置であって、視線が皮膜面に対して約45度となるような位置において皮膜を観察し、下記の基準で凹部欠陥の補正効果を評価した。その結果を表2~3に示す。ここで、A~C評価までが合格、D~E評価は不合格とみなすことができる。なお、比較例1~3は、皮膜を形成できなかったため、凹部欠陥の補正効果の試験を行っていない:
A:凹部欠陥(毛穴)の周囲に影は観察されなかった。
B:凹部欠陥(毛穴)の周囲に影がごくわずかに観察された。
C:凹部欠陥(毛穴)の周囲に影がわずかに観察された。
D:凹部欠陥(毛穴)の周囲に影が明らかに観察された。
E:凹部欠陥(毛穴)の周囲に影がより明らかに観察された。
<Testing the effect of correcting concave defects>
Bioskin (a new age-specific cheek skin model, age group 30s, manufactured by Bealux Co., Ltd.), which is commercially available as a high-performance artificial skin model, was prepared. The first and second agents of the test sample were applied to this Bioskin in order to form a film of a predetermined thickness. Under fluorescent lighting, the Bioskin was placed on a desk with the film surface facing up. The film was observed from a position where the eyes were about 30 cm away from the film surface and the line of sight was about 45 degrees to the film surface, and the correction effect of the recess defect was evaluated according to the following criteria. The results are shown in Tables 2 to 3. Here, A to C grades can be considered as passing, and D to E grades can be considered as failing. Note that in Comparative Examples 1 to 3, the correction effect of the recess defect was not tested because a film could not be formed:
A: No shadow was observed around the recessed defect (pore).
B: A very slight shadow was observed around the recessed defect (pore).
C: A slight shadow was observed around the recessed defect (pore).
D: Shadows were clearly observed around the recessed defects (pores).
E: Shadows were more clearly observed around the recessed defects (pores).

〈自然な仕上がり性試験〉
 高性能人工皮膚模型として市販されているバイオスキン(新年代別頬部肌模型、30代、株式会社ビューラックス製)を用意した。このバイオスキンに対し、試験サンプルの第1剤及び第2剤を順に塗布し、所定厚の皮膜を形成した。蛍光灯の下、バイオスキンの皮膜面を上側として机に配置した。眼が皮膜面から約30cm離れた位置であって、視線が皮膜面に対して約45度となるような位置において皮膜を観察し、下記の基準で自然な仕上がり性を評価した。その結果を表2に示す。ここで、A~C評価までが合格、D~E評価は不合格とみなすことができる。なお、比較例1~3は皮膜を形成できず、また、比較例4は凹部欠陥の補正効果が不合格であったため、自然な仕上がり性試験を行っていない:
A:自然な仕上がりであった。
B:ほぼ(すなわち9割程度)自然な仕上がりであった。
C:概ね(すなわち7割程度)自然な仕上がりであった。
D:多少不自然な仕上がりであった。
E:不自然な仕上がりであった。
<Natural finish test>
Bioskin (a new age-specific cheek skin model, age group 30s, manufactured by Bealux Co., Ltd.), which is commercially available as a high-performance artificial skin model, was prepared. The first and second agents of the test sample were applied to this Bioskin in order to form a film of a predetermined thickness. Under fluorescent lighting, the Bioskin was placed on a desk with the film surface facing up. The film was observed from a position where the eyes were about 30 cm away from the film surface and the line of sight was about 45 degrees to the film surface, and the natural finish was evaluated according to the following criteria. The results are shown in Table 2. Here, A to C grades can be considered as passing, and D to E grades can be considered as failing. Note that a natural finish test was not performed for Comparative Examples 1 to 3 because a film could not be formed, and Comparative Example 4 failed in the correction effect of the recess defect:
A: The finish was natural.
B: Almost (i.e. about 90%) natural finish.
C: The finish was generally (i.e. about 70%) natural.
D: The result was somewhat unnatural.
E: The result was unnatural.

〈皮膜形成性試験〉
 上記の補正試験で疑似皮膚上に作製した皮膜を指で触り、指で触っても剥がれないような皮膜が形成されているかを確認した。表には、このような皮膜が形成されている場合を「合格」、このような皮膜が形成されていない場合を「不合格」と表記した。
<Film-forming property test>
The film formed on the artificial skin in the above correction test was touched with a finger to confirm whether a film was formed that would not peel off when touched with a finger. In the table, the case where such a film was formed is indicated as "passed", and the case where such a film was not formed is indicated as "failed".

〈粘度評価試験〉
 試験サンプルにおける第1剤の作製直後の粘度を、B型粘度計(芝浦システム株式会社製、ビスメトロン)を用い、25℃、60回転/分(ローターNo.3又はNo.4)の条件で測定した。その結果を表2~3に示す。
Viscosity Evaluation Test
The viscosity of the first agent in the test sample immediately after preparation was measured using a Brookfield viscometer (Shibaura Systems Co., Ltd., Vismetron) at 25° C. and 60 rpm (rotor No. 3 or No. 4). The results are shown in Tables 2 and 3.

《試験例1》
 本試験例における各試験サンプルを、以下の方法にしたがって調製した。本試験例では、塗布型皮膜形成剤における2.0以上の屈折率を有する顔料級粒子の影響について検討した。その結果、表2に示す。なお、表中の「Mw」は、重量平均分子量を意図する。また、各実施例及び比較例における皮膜の厚さは、高精度デジマチックマイクロメータ(MDH-25MB、株式会社ミツトヨ製)を使用し、疑似皮膚から剥がした皮膜の任意の部分の厚さを5回測定して算出した平均値である。
Test Example 1
Each test sample in this test example was prepared according to the following method. In this test example, the effect of pigment-class particles having a refractive index of 2.0 or more in a paint-on film-forming agent was examined. The results are shown in Table 2. In the table, "Mw" refers to the weight average molecular weight. Furthermore, the thickness of the film in each example and comparative example is the average value calculated by measuring the thickness of any part of the film peeled off from the artificial skin five times using a high-precision digital micrometer (MDH-25MB, manufactured by Mitutoyo Corporation).

〈比較例1〉
(第1剤)
 第1の不飽和オルガノポリシロキサンとして粘度が165,000cstのビニルジメチコン(30.00質量部)、油分として揮発性ジメチコン(残部)、顔料級粒子として疎水化処理顔料級酸化チタン(0.05質量部)、及び疎水化無機酸化物粒子としてシリル化シリカ(10.00質量部)を均一に混合して第1剤を調製した。なお、この第1剤には、ヒドリド官能化ポリシロキサンは配合しなかった。
Comparative Example 1
(First Agent)
The first agent was prepared by uniformly mixing vinyl dimethicone (30.00 parts by mass) with a viscosity of 165,000 cst as the first unsaturated organopolysiloxane, volatile dimethicone (the remainder) as the oil component, hydrophobized pigment grade titanium oxide (0.05 parts by mass) as the pigment grade particles, and silylated silica (10.00 parts by mass) as the hydrophobized inorganic oxide particles. Note that this first agent did not contain any hydride-functionalized polysiloxane.

(第2剤)
 表1の処方成分を均一に混合して2-1の第2剤を調製した。
(Second Agent)
The ingredients in Table 1 were mixed uniformly to prepare the second agent 2-1.

〈比較例2、4及び5、並びに実施例1~4〉
 第1剤における各成分及びその配合量を表2に記載されるものに変更したこと以外は、比較例1と同様に、すべての成分を一度に混ぜ、均一に混合して第1剤を調製した。第2剤は比較例1と同一のものを使用した。
Comparative Examples 2, 4, and 5, and Examples 1 to 4
Except for changing the components and their amounts in the first agent to those shown in Table 2, all the components were mixed at once and uniformly to prepare the first agent in the same manner as in Comparative Example 1. The second agent used was the same as in Comparative Example 1.

〈比較例3〉
 第1剤における各成分及びその配合量を表2に記載されるものに変更したこと以外は、比較例1と同様に、すべての成分を一度に混ぜ、均一に混合して第1剤を調製した。第2剤として、触媒を含まない2-2の第2剤を使用した。
Comparative Example 3
Except for changing the components and their blending amounts in the first agent to those shown in Table 2, all the components were mixed at once and uniformly to prepare the first agent in the same manner as in Comparative Example 1. As the second agent, the second agent 2-2 containing no catalyst was used.

〈実施例5〉
 第1剤における各成分及びその配合量を表2に記載されるものに変更したこと以外は、比較例1と同様に、すべての成分を一度に混ぜ、均一に混合して第1剤を調製した。第2剤として、顔料級粒子を含む2-3の第2剤を使用した。
Example 5
Except for changing the components and their amounts in the first agent to those shown in Table 2, all the components were mixed at once and uniformly to prepare the first agent in the same manner as in Comparative Example 1. As the second agent, the second agent 2-3 containing pigment-grade particles was used.

〈結果〉
 表2の比較例4及び5並びに実施例1~4の結果を比較すれば明らかなように、顔料級粒子が0.01質量%以上1.5質量%未満の範囲で含まれていると、凹部欠陥の補正効果及び自然な仕上がり性能が改善されることが分かった。
<result>
As is clear from a comparison of the results of Comparative Examples 4 and 5 and Examples 1 to 4 in Table 2, when the pigment-class particles are contained in an amount of 0.01% by mass or more and less than 1.5% by mass, the effect of correcting recess defects and the natural finish performance are improved.

 また、顔料級粒子を含む第2剤を使用した実施例5は、顔料級粒子を含まない第2剤を使用した実施例1に比べ、凹部欠陥の補正効果がより改善されることが分かった。このことから、第1剤及び第2剤の両方に顔料級粒子が含まれていると、凹部欠陥の補正効果がより改善されることが分かった。 In addition, it was found that Example 5, which used a second agent containing pigment-class particles, had a better effect of correcting recess defects than Example 1, which used a second agent that did not contain pigment-class particles. This shows that the effect of correcting recess defects is improved when both the first and second agents contain pigment-class particles.

《試験例2》
 本試験例における各試験サンプルを、以下の方法にしたがって調製した。本試験例では、皮膜の厚さの影響について検討した。その結果、表3に示す。
Test Example 2
Each test sample in this test example was prepared according to the following method. In this test example, the effect of the thickness of the coating was examined. The results are shown in Table 3.

〈実施例6:皮膜の厚さ50μm〉
 第1剤における各成分及びその配合量を表3に記載されるものに変更したこと以外は、比較例1と同様に、すべての成分を一度に混ぜ、均一に混合して第1剤を調製した。第2剤は、表1の2-1を使用した。
Example 6: Coating thickness: 50 μm
Except for changing the components and their amounts in the first agent to those shown in Table 3, all the components were mixed at once and uniformly to prepare the first agent in the same manner as in Comparative Example 1. For the second agent, 2-1 in Table 1 was used.

〈実施例7:皮膜の厚さ100μm〉
 第1剤における各成分及びその配合量を表3に記載されるものに変更したこと以外は、比較例1と同様に、すべての成分を一度に混ぜ、均一に混合して第1剤を調製した。第2剤は、表1の2-1を使用した。
Example 7: Coating thickness: 100 μm
Except for changing the components and their amounts in the first agent to those shown in Table 3, all the components were mixed at once and uniformly to prepare the first agent in the same manner as in Comparative Example 1. For the second agent, 2-1 in Table 1 was used.

〈結果〉
 表3の結果から明らかなように、皮膜の厚さが厚くなるほど、凹部欠陥の補正効果がより改善されることが分かった。
<result>
As is clear from the results in Table 3, it was found that the effect of correcting the recess defects was improved as the thickness of the coating increased.

《評価試験2》
 下記の製造方法により得た各試験サンプルを用いて以下に示す試験を実施し、その結果を表4に示す。
Evaluation Test 2
The following tests were carried out using the test samples obtained by the manufacturing methods described below, and the results are shown in Table 4.

〈第2剤の外観色及び塗布色の評価(粉末の分散性評価)〉
 ホモミキサーを用いて7,000回転/分の条件で第2剤を10分間撹拌し、その直後の外観色を目視で確認した。次いで、第1剤(約3g)を黒色板にドクターブレードで塗布して第1剤層を形成し、この第1剤層に対して第2剤(約3g)をドクターブレードで塗布し、得られた第2剤層の塗布色を目視で確認した。外観色と塗布色がいずれも略均一であり、これらの色が相互に略一致している場合を「合格」、そうでない場合を「不合格」と評価した。なお、この試験では、第2剤の外観色及び塗布色に焦点を置いているため、かかる第2剤には、触媒を配合していない。
<Evaluation of Appearance and Coating Color of Second Form (Evaluation of Powder Dispersibility)>
The second agent was stirred for 10 minutes at 7,000 rpm using a homomixer, and the appearance color immediately after stirring was visually confirmed. Next, the first agent (about 3 g) was applied to a black plate with a doctor blade to form a first agent layer, and the second agent (about 3 g) was applied to this first agent layer with a doctor blade, and the coating color of the resulting second agent layer was visually confirmed. If the appearance color and coating color were both approximately uniform and approximately matched to each other, it was evaluated as "passed", and if not, it was evaluated as "failed". In this test, the focus was on the appearance color and coating color of the second agent, so no catalyst was added to the second agent.

《参考実施例1~6及び参考比較例1~11》
〈第1剤〉
 第1の不飽和オルガノポリシロキサンとしてビニルジメチコンを90質量部、及び第1のヒドリド官能化ポリシロキサンとしてハイドロゲンジメチコン10質量部を均一に混合して第1剤を調製した。
Reference Examples 1 to 6 and Reference Comparative Examples 1 to 11
<First Agent>
A first agent was prepared by uniformly mixing 90 parts by weight of vinyl dimethicone as the first unsaturated organopolysiloxane and 10 parts by weight of hydrogen dimethicone as the first hydride-functionalized polysiloxane.

〈第2剤〉
 表4の処方成分を均一に混合して第2剤を各々調製した。
<Second Agent>
The ingredients in Table 4 were mixed uniformly to prepare the second formulations.

〈結果〉
 シリコーン系界面活性剤を含まない参考比較例1の第2剤は、粉末の分散性に劣り、外観色及び塗布色ともに色むらが生じていた。一方、シリコーン系界面活性剤を含む、参考実施例1~3の第2剤及びかかる第2剤よりも粉末比率の高い参考実施例4~6の第2剤はいずれも、粉末の分散性に優れ、外観色及び塗布色ともに色むらが生じておらず、合格レベルの評価結果が得られた。なお、参考実施例1~3はいずれも合格レベルであるが、PEG/PPG-19/19ジメチコン、カルボキシデシルトリシロキサン、ビスブチルジメチコンポリグリセリル-3の順に性能が優れること、即ち、ビスブチルジメチコンポリグリセリル-3が性能として最も優れていることが確認できた。
<result>
The second agent of Reference Comparative Example 1, which does not contain a silicone surfactant, was inferior in powder dispersibility, and both the appearance color and the application color were uneven. On the other hand, the second agents of Reference Examples 1 to 3, which contain a silicone surfactant, and the second agents of Reference Examples 4 to 6, which have a higher powder ratio than the second agents, all have excellent powder dispersibility and do not cause unevenness in both the appearance color and the application color, and were evaluated as passing the test. Note that although Reference Examples 1 to 3 are all passing the test, it was confirmed that the performance is best in the order of PEG/PPG-19/19 dimethicone, carboxydecyl trisiloxane, and bis-butyl dimethicone polyglyceryl-3, that is, bis-butyl dimethicone polyglyceryl-3 is the best in terms of performance.

 参考比較例2~6の結果より、シリコーン系界面活性剤以外の他の界面活性剤、及び分散剤では、効果が得られないことも確認できた。 The results of Reference Comparative Examples 2 to 6 confirmed that no effect was obtained with surfactants and dispersants other than silicone-based surfactants.

 また、参考比較例7~11の結果より、粉末の割合を減らしたとしても、シリコーン系界面活性剤以外の他の界面活性剤、及び分散剤では、効果が得られないことも確認できた。 Furthermore, the results of Reference Comparative Examples 7 to 11 confirmed that even if the powder ratio was reduced, no effect was obtained with surfactants and dispersants other than silicone-based surfactants.

《第2剤の処方例》
 以下に、本開示の塗布型皮膜形成剤の第2剤の処方例を挙げるが、この例示に限定されるものではない。なお、以下の処方例に記載した第2剤も、粉末の分散性に優れ、外観色及び塗布色ともに色むらが生じておらず、合格レベルの評価結果が得られた。
<<Example of prescription for second drug>>
Below, we will give examples of formulations of the second agent of the coating-type film-forming agent of the present disclosure, but the present invention is not limited to these examples. The second agent described in the following formulation examples also has excellent powder dispersibility, and there is no unevenness in both the appearance color and the coating color, and the evaluation result is at a pass level.

 以上、本発明を実施の形態を用いて説明したが、本発明の技術的範囲は上記実施の形態に記載の範囲には限定されない。上記実施の形態に、多様な変更または改良を加えることが可能であることが当業者に明らかである。また、技術的に矛盾しない範囲において、特定の実施形態について説明した事項を、他の実施形態に適用することができる。その様な変更または改良を加えた形態も本発明の技術的範囲に含まれ得ることが、例えば、特許請求の範囲の記載から明らかである。 The present invention has been described above using an embodiment, but the technical scope of the present invention is not limited to the scope described in the above embodiment. It will be clear to those skilled in the art that various modifications or improvements can be made to the above embodiment. Furthermore, to the extent that there is no technical inconsistency, the details described for a specific embodiment can be applied to other embodiments. It is clear, for example, from the description of the claims that forms incorporating such modifications or improvements can also be included within the technical scope of the present invention.

 特許請求の範囲、明細書及び図面中に、方法、工程など(方法等と称される場合がある。)が示されている場合、当該方法等を構成する各種の処理(例えば、手順、ステップ、段階等である。)が実行される順序は、「より前に」、「先立って」等と明示されておらず、また、前の処理の成果が後の処理で用いられなければ技術的に成立しないなどの特別な事情がない限り、任意の順序で実現されうることに留意すべきである。特許請求の範囲、明細書または図面中において、各種の処理が、便宜上、「まず」、「次に」等の用語を用いて説明されていたとしても、上記の処理がこの順で実施されることが必須であることを意味するものでもない。また、本願明細書には、例えば、下記の事項が開示されている When a method, process, etc. (sometimes referred to as a method, etc.) is shown in the claims, specification, and drawings, the order in which the various processes (e.g., procedures, steps, stages, etc.) constituting the method, etc. are performed is not explicitly stated as "before," "prior to," etc., and it should be noted that they can be realized in any order unless there are special circumstances, such as when the results of a previous process are not used in a later process for technical validity. Even if various processes are described in the claims, specification, or drawings using terms such as "first," "next," etc. for convenience, this does not mean that the above processes must be performed in that order. In addition, the specification of this application discloses, for example, the following items:

 [項目A-1]
 皮膜を構成する架橋反応性成分を含む第1剤、及び上記架橋反応性成分を架橋させる触媒を含む第2剤を含む、塗布型皮膜形成剤であって、
 上記第1剤及び/又は上記第2剤が、2.0以上の屈折率を有する顔料級粒子を0.01質量%以上1.5質量%未満含む、
 形成剤。
 [項目A-2]
 上記第1剤が、第1の不飽和オルガノポリシロキサン及び第1のヒドリド官能化ポリシロキサンからなる群から選択される少なくとも一種を含み、
 上記第1剤が、上記第1の不飽和オルガノポリシロキサン及び上記第1のヒドリド官能化ポリシロキサンのうち、上記第1の不飽和オルガノポリシロキサンのみを含む場合には、上記第2剤は、上記第2のヒドリド官能化ポリシロキサンを含み、
 上記第1剤が、上記第1の不飽和オルガノポリシロキサン及び上記第1のヒドリド官能化ポリシロキサンのうち、上記第1のヒドリド官能化ポリシロキサンのみを含む場合には、上記第2剤は、上記第2の不飽和オルガノポリシロキサンを含む、
 項目A-1に記載の形成剤。
 [項目A-3]
 上記顔料級粒子が、酸化チタン、酸化鉄、酸化マグネシウム、酸化亜鉛、酸化カルシウム、リン酸カルシウム、炭酸カルシウム、酸化アルミニウム、水酸化アルミニウム、硫酸バリウム、真珠光沢顔料、及びタルクからなる群から選択される少なくとも一種を含む、 項目A-1又は2に記載の形成剤。
 [項目A-4]
 上記顔料級粒子の平均粒子径が、100nm以上である、
 項目A-1又は2に記載の形成剤。
 [項目A-5]
 上記第1剤及び上記第2剤が、上記顔料級粒子を含む、
 項目A-1又は2に記載の形成剤。
 [項目A-6]
 上記第1剤が、疎水化無機酸化物粒子を含む、
 項目A-1又は2に記載の形成剤。
 [項目A-7]
 上記疎水化無機酸化物粒子が、ジメチルシリル化処理、及びトリメチルシリル化処理からなる群から選択される少なくとも一種により疎水化処理された粒子であり、かつ、該粒子を構成する無機酸化物が、酸化ケイ素、酸化チタン、及び酸化亜鉛からなる群から選択される少なくとも一種である、
 項目A-6に記載の形成剤。
 [項目A-8]
 上記第1剤の粘度が、10,000mPa・s以上である、
 項目A-1又は2に記載の形成剤。
 [項目A-9]
 上記第1の不飽和オルガノポリシロキサン及び上記第2の不飽和オルガノポリシロキサンが、ビニル基を有するオルガノポリシロキサン、ビニル末端化されたオルガノポリシロキサン、及びビニル化された分岐鎖を有するオルガノポリシロキサンからなる群から選択される少なくとも一種である、
 項目A-2に記載の形成剤。
 [項目A-10]
 上記第1のヒドリド官能化ポリシロキサン及び上記第2のヒドリド官能化ポリシロキサンが、非末端及び/又は末端で水素化されたオルガノポリシロキサンである、
 項目A-2に記載の形成剤。
 [項目A-11]
 上記触媒が、白金触媒、ロジウム触媒、及びスズ触媒からなる群から選択される少なくとも一種である、
 項目A-1又は2に記載の形成剤。
 [項目A-12]
 項目A-1又は2に記載の形成剤における上記第1剤及び上記第2剤が、別々の容器に内包されている、又は2つ以上の区画を有する容器の各区画内に別々に内包されている、
 キット。
 [項目A-13]
 項目A-1又は2に記載の形成剤の使用方法であって、
 上記第1剤を体表に適用して第1剤層を形成した後に、該第1剤層上に上記第2剤を適用して架橋させ、厚さが50μm以上の皮膜を形成する、
 上記第2剤を体表に適用して第2剤層を形成した後に、該第2剤層上に上記第1剤を適用して架橋させ、厚さが50μm以上の皮膜を形成する、又は、
 上記第1剤及び上記第2剤を混合して混合物を調製した後に、該混合物を体表に適用して架橋させ、厚さが50μm以上の皮膜を形成する、
 使用方法。
 [項目B-1]
 粉末、不飽和オルガノポリシロキサン、及びシリコーン系界面活性剤を含む、
 化粧料。
 [項目B-2]
 上記粉末が、疎水性粉末を含む、
 項目B-1に記載の化粧料。
 [項目B-3]
 上記粉末の含有量が、上記化粧料の全量に対し、3.0質量%以上である、
 項目B-1又は2に記載の化粧料。
 [項目B-4]
 上記シリコーン系界面活性剤が、10.0以下のHLB値を有する、
 項目B-1又は2に記載の化粧料。
 [項目B-5]
 上記シリコーン系界面活性剤が、ポリグリセリン・アルキル共変性シリコーン、カルボキシ変性シリコーン、及びポリエーテル変性シリコーンからなる群から選択される少なくとも一種を含む、
 項目B-1又は2に記載の化粧料。
 [項目B-6]
 第1剤及び第2剤を含む、塗布型皮膜形成化粧料であって、
 上記第1剤及び上記第2剤のうちの少なくとも一方が、皮膜を構成する架橋反応性成分を含み、
 上記第1剤及び上記第2剤のうちの少なくとも一方が、上記架橋反応性成分を架橋させる触媒を含み、
 上記第1剤及び上記第2剤のうちの少なくとも一方が、項目B-1又は2に記載の化粧料を含む、
 塗布型皮膜形成化粧料。
 [項目B-7]
 上記第1剤が、皮膜を構成する架橋反応性成分を含み、
 上記第2剤が、上記架橋反応性成分を架橋させる触媒を含む第2剤を含む、
 項目B-6に記載の塗布型皮膜形成化粧料。
 [項目B-8]
 上記第2剤が、項目B-1又は2に記載の化粧料を含む、
 項目B-6に記載の塗布型皮膜形成化粧料。
 [項目B-9]
 上記第1剤が、第1の不飽和オルガノポリシロキサン及び第1のヒドリド官能化ポリシロキサンからなる群から選択される少なくとも一種を含み、
 上記第1剤が、上記第1の不飽和オルガノポリシロキサン及び上記第1のヒドリド官能化ポリシロキサンのうち、上記第1の不飽和オルガノポリシロキサンのみを含む場合には、上記第2剤は、上記第2のヒドリド官能化ポリシロキサンを含み、
 上記第1剤が、上記第1の不飽和オルガノポリシロキサン及び上記第1のヒドリド官能化ポリシロキサンのうち、上記第1のヒドリド官能化ポリシロキサンのみを含む場合には、上記第2剤は、上記第2の不飽和オルガノポリシロキサンを含み、かつ、
 上記第1の不飽和オルガノポリシロキサン及び上記第2の不飽和オルガノポリシロキサンのうちの少なくとも一方が、項目B-1又は2に記載の化粧料の上記不飽和オルガノポリシロキサンを含む、
 項目B-6に記載の塗布型皮膜形成化粧料。
 [項目B-10]
 上記第1の不飽和オルガノポリシロキサン及び上記第2の不飽和オルガノポリシロキサンが、ビニル基を有するオルガノポリシロキサン、ビニル末端化されたオルガノポリシロキサン、及びビニル化された分岐鎖を有するオルガノポリシロキサンからなる群から選択される少なくとも一種を含む、
 項目B-9に記載の塗布型皮膜形成化粧料。
 [項目B-11]
 上記第1の不飽和オルガノポリシロキサン及び上記第2の不飽和オルガノポリシロキサンが、ビニルジメチコンを含む、
 項目B-9に記載の塗布型皮膜形成化粧料。
 [項目B-12]
 上記第1のヒドリド官能化ポリシロキサン及び上記第2のヒドリド官能化ポリシロキサンが、非末端及び/又は末端で水素化されたオルガノポリシロキサンを含む、
 項目B-9に記載の塗布型皮膜形成化粧料。
 [項目B-13]
 上記触媒が、白金触媒、ロジウム触媒、及びスズ触媒からなる群から選択される少なくとも一種を含む、
 項目B-6に記載の塗布型皮膜形成化粧料。
 [項目B-14]
 上記第1剤が、油相で構成された単相系の形態であり、
 上記第2剤が、非乳化型又は乳化型の油中水型の二相系の形態である、
 項目B-6に記載の塗布型皮膜形成化粧料。
 [項目B-15]
 ファンデーションとして使用される、
 項目B-6に記載の塗布型皮膜形成化粧料。
 [項目B-16]
 項目B-6に記載の塗布型皮膜形成化粧料における上記第1剤及び上記第2剤が、別々の容器に内包されている、又は、2つ以上の区画を有する容器の各区画内に別々に内包されている、
 キット。
[Item A-1]
A coating-type film-forming agent comprising a first agent containing a crosslinkable reactive component that constitutes a coating, and a second agent containing a catalyst that crosslinks the crosslinkable reactive component,
The first agent and/or the second agent contains 0.01% by weight or more and less than 1.5% by weight of pigment-grade particles having a refractive index of 2.0 or more;
Forming agent.
[Item A-2]
The first agent comprises at least one selected from the group consisting of a first unsaturated organopolysiloxane and a first hydride-functionalized polysiloxane;
When the first agent contains only the first unsaturated organopolysiloxane among the first unsaturated organopolysiloxane and the first hydride-functionalized polysiloxane, the second agent contains the second hydride-functionalized polysiloxane;
When the first agent contains only the first hydride-functionalized polysiloxane among the first unsaturated organopolysiloxane and the first hydride-functionalized polysiloxane, the second agent contains the second unsaturated organopolysiloxane;
The forming agent according to item A-1.
[Item A-3]
The forming agent according to Item A-1 or 2, wherein the pigment-grade particles include at least one selected from the group consisting of titanium oxide, iron oxide, magnesium oxide, zinc oxide, calcium oxide, calcium phosphate, calcium carbonate, aluminum oxide, aluminum hydroxide, barium sulfate, pearlescent pigments, and talc.
[Item A-4]
The average particle size of the pigment-grade particles is 100 nm or more.
The forming agent according to item A-1 or 2.
[Item A-5]
The first agent and the second agent contain the pigment-grade particles.
The forming agent according to item A-1 or 2.
[Item A-6]
The first agent contains hydrophobized inorganic oxide particles.
The forming agent according to item A-1 or 2.
[Item A-7]
The hydrophobized inorganic oxide particles are particles that have been hydrophobized by at least one treatment selected from the group consisting of dimethylsilylation and trimethylsilylation, and the inorganic oxide constituting the particles is at least one treatment selected from the group consisting of silicon oxide, titanium oxide, and zinc oxide.
The forming agent according to item A-6.
[Item A-8]
The viscosity of the first agent is 10,000 mPa s or more.
The forming agent according to item A-1 or 2.
[Item A-9]
The first unsaturated organopolysiloxane and the second unsaturated organopolysiloxane are at least one selected from the group consisting of organopolysiloxanes having a vinyl group, vinyl-terminated organopolysiloxanes, and vinylated branched organopolysiloxanes.
The forming agent according to item A-2.
[Item A-10]
the first hydride-functionalized polysiloxane and the second hydride-functionalized polysiloxane are non-terminally and/or terminally hydrogenated organopolysiloxanes;
The forming agent according to item A-2.
[Item A-11]
The catalyst is at least one selected from the group consisting of platinum catalysts, rhodium catalysts, and tin catalysts;
The forming agent according to item A-1 or 2.
[Item A-12]
The first agent and the second agent in the forming agent according to item A-1 or 2 are contained in separate containers, or are contained separately in each compartment of a container having two or more compartments.
kit.
[Item A-13]
A method for using the forming agent according to item A-1 or 2,
The first agent is applied to a body surface to form a first agent layer, and then the second agent is applied on the first agent layer and crosslinked to form a film having a thickness of 50 μm or more.
The second agent is applied to the body surface to form a second agent layer, and then the first agent is applied on the second agent layer to crosslink the layer and form a film having a thickness of 50 μm or more; or
After preparing a mixture by mixing the first agent and the second agent, the mixture is applied to a body surface to be crosslinked, thereby forming a film having a thickness of 50 μm or more.
How to use.
[Item B-1]
powder, an unsaturated organopolysiloxane, and a silicone surfactant,
Cosmetics.
[Item B-2]
The powder comprises a hydrophobic powder.
The cosmetic preparation according to Item B-1.
[Item B-3]
The content of the powder is 3.0% by mass or more based on the total amount of the cosmetic.
The cosmetic preparation according to Item B-1 or 2.
[Item B-4]
The silicone surfactant has an HLB value of 10.0 or less.
The cosmetic preparation according to Item B-1 or 2.
[Item B-5]
The silicone surfactant includes at least one selected from the group consisting of polyglycerin/alkyl-co-modified silicone, carboxy-modified silicone, and polyether-modified silicone.
The cosmetic preparation according to Item B-1 or 2.
[Item B-6]
A coating-type film-forming cosmetic composition comprising a first agent and a second agent,
At least one of the first agent and the second agent contains a cross-linking reactive component that constitutes a coating,
At least one of the first and second parts includes a catalyst that crosslinks the crosslinking reactive component;
At least one of the first agent and the second agent contains the cosmetic composition according to item B-1 or 2.
A coating-type film-forming cosmetic.
[Item B-7]
The first agent contains a crosslinking reactive component that constitutes a coating,
The second agent includes a second agent including a catalyst that crosslinks the crosslinking reactive component;
The apply-type film-forming cosmetic composition according to Item B-6.
[Item B-8]
The second agent contains the cosmetic composition according to item B-1 or 2.
The apply-type film-forming cosmetic composition according to Item B-6.
[Item B-9]
The first agent comprises at least one selected from the group consisting of a first unsaturated organopolysiloxane and a first hydride-functionalized polysiloxane;
When the first agent contains only the first unsaturated organopolysiloxane among the first unsaturated organopolysiloxane and the first hydride-functionalized polysiloxane, the second agent contains the second hydride-functionalized polysiloxane;
When the first agent contains only the first hydride-functionalized polysiloxane among the first unsaturated organopolysiloxane and the first hydride-functionalized polysiloxane, the second agent contains the second unsaturated organopolysiloxane, and
At least one of the first unsaturated organopolysiloxane and the second unsaturated organopolysiloxane comprises the unsaturated organopolysiloxane of the cosmetic according to item B-1 or 2;
The apply-type film-forming cosmetic composition according to Item B-6.
[Item B-10]
The first unsaturated organopolysiloxane and the second unsaturated organopolysiloxane include at least one selected from the group consisting of organopolysiloxanes having vinyl groups, vinyl-terminated organopolysiloxanes, and vinylated branched organopolysiloxanes.
The apply-type film-forming cosmetic composition according to item B-9.
[Item B-11]
The first unsaturated organopolysiloxane and the second unsaturated organopolysiloxane comprise vinyl dimethicone;
The apply-type film-forming cosmetic composition according to item B-9.
[Item B-12]
the first hydride-functionalized polysiloxane and the second hydride-functionalized polysiloxane comprise non-terminally and/or terminally hydrogenated organopolysiloxanes;
The apply-type film-forming cosmetic composition according to item B-9.
[Item B-13]
The catalyst comprises at least one selected from the group consisting of a platinum catalyst, a rhodium catalyst, and a tin catalyst;
The apply-type film-forming cosmetic composition according to Item B-6.
[Item B-14]
The first agent is in the form of a single-phase system constituted by an oil phase,
The second agent is in the form of a non-emulsified or emulsified water-in-oil two-phase system;
The apply-type film-forming cosmetic composition according to Item B-6.
[Item B-15]
Used as a foundation,
The apply-type film-forming cosmetic composition according to Item B-6.
[Item B-16]
The first agent and the second agent in the apply-type film-forming cosmetic composition according to item B-6 are contained in separate containers, or are contained separately in each compartment of a container having two or more compartments.
kit.

Claims (20)

 皮膜を構成する架橋反応性成分を含む第1剤、及び前記架橋反応性成分を架橋させる触媒を含む第2剤を含む、塗布型皮膜形成剤であって、
 前記第1剤及び/又は前記第2剤が、2.0以上の屈折率を有する顔料級粒子を0.01質量%以上1.5質量%未満含む、
形成剤。
A coating-type film-forming agent comprising a first agent containing a crosslinkable reactive component that constitutes a coating, and a second agent containing a catalyst that crosslinks the crosslinkable reactive component,
The first agent and/or the second agent contains 0.01% by mass or more and less than 1.5% by mass of pigment-grade particles having a refractive index of 2.0 or more.
Forming agent.
 前記第1剤が、第1の不飽和オルガノポリシロキサン及び第1のヒドリド官能化ポリシロキサンからなる群から選択される少なくとも一種を含み、
 前記第1剤が、前記第1の不飽和オルガノポリシロキサン及び前記第1のヒドリド官能化ポリシロキサンのうち、前記第1の不飽和オルガノポリシロキサンのみを含む場合には、前記第2剤は、前記第2のヒドリド官能化ポリシロキサンを含み、
 前記第1剤が、前記第1の不飽和オルガノポリシロキサン及び前記第1のヒドリド官能化ポリシロキサンのうち、前記第1のヒドリド官能化ポリシロキサンのみを含む場合には、前記第2剤は、前記第2の不飽和オルガノポリシロキサンを含む、
請求項1に記載の形成剤。
the first agent comprises at least one selected from the group consisting of a first unsaturated organopolysiloxane and a first hydride-functionalized polysiloxane;
When the first agent contains only the first unsaturated organopolysiloxane among the first unsaturated organopolysiloxane and the first hydride-functionalized polysiloxane, the second agent contains the second hydride-functionalized polysiloxane;
When the first agent contains only the first hydride-functionalized polysiloxane among the first unsaturated organopolysiloxane and the first hydride-functionalized polysiloxane, the second agent contains the second unsaturated organopolysiloxane;
The forming agent according to claim 1 .
 前記顔料級粒子が、酸化チタン、酸化鉄、酸化マグネシウム、酸化亜鉛、酸化カルシウム、リン酸カルシウム、炭酸カルシウム、酸化アルミニウム、水酸化アルミニウム、硫酸バリウム、真珠光沢顔料、及びタルクからなる群から選択される少なくとも一種を含む、請求項1又は2に記載の形成剤。 The forming agent according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the pigment-grade particles include at least one selected from the group consisting of titanium oxide, iron oxide, magnesium oxide, zinc oxide, calcium oxide, calcium phosphate, calcium carbonate, aluminum oxide, aluminum hydroxide, barium sulfate, pearlescent pigments, and talc.  前記顔料級粒子の平均粒子径が、100nm以上である、請求項1又は2に記載の形成剤。 The forming agent according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the average particle size of the pigment-grade particles is 100 nm or more.  前記第1剤及び前記第2剤が、前記顔料級粒子を含む、請求項1又は2に記載の形成剤。 The forming agent according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the first agent and the second agent contain the pigment-class particles.  前記第1剤が、疎水化無機酸化物粒子を含む、請求項1又は2に記載の形成剤。 The forming agent according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the first agent contains hydrophobized inorganic oxide particles.  前記疎水化無機酸化物粒子が、ジメチルシリル化処理、及びトリメチルシリル化処理からなる群から選択される少なくとも一種により疎水化処理された粒子であり、かつ、該粒子を構成する無機酸化物が、酸化ケイ素、酸化チタン、及び酸化亜鉛からなる群から選択される少なくとも一種である、請求項6に記載の形成剤。 The forming agent according to claim 6, wherein the hydrophobized inorganic oxide particles are particles that have been hydrophobized by at least one treatment selected from the group consisting of dimethylsilylation and trimethylsilylation, and the inorganic oxide constituting the particles is at least one treatment selected from the group consisting of silicon oxide, titanium oxide, and zinc oxide.  前記第1剤の粘度が、10,000mPa・s以上である、請求項1又は2に記載の形成剤。 The forming agent according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the viscosity of the first agent is 10,000 mPa·s or more.  前記第1の不飽和オルガノポリシロキサン及び前記第2の不飽和オルガノポリシロキサンが、ビニル基を有するオルガノポリシロキサン、ビニル末端化されたオルガノポリシロキサン、及びビニル化された分岐鎖を有するオルガノポリシロキサンからなる群から選択される少なくとも一種である、請求項2に記載の形成剤。 The forming agent according to claim 2, wherein the first unsaturated organopolysiloxane and the second unsaturated organopolysiloxane are at least one selected from the group consisting of organopolysiloxanes having vinyl groups, vinyl-terminated organopolysiloxanes, and vinylated branched organopolysiloxanes.  前記第1のヒドリド官能化ポリシロキサン及び前記第2のヒドリド官能化ポリシロキサンが、非末端及び/又は末端で水素化されたオルガノポリシロキサンである、請求項2に記載の形成剤。 The forming agent according to claim 2, wherein the first hydride-functionalized polysiloxane and the second hydride-functionalized polysiloxane are non-terminally and/or terminally hydrogenated organopolysiloxanes.  前記触媒が、白金触媒、ロジウム触媒、及びスズ触媒からなる群から選択される少なくとも一種である、請求項1又は2に記載の形成剤。 The forming agent according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the catalyst is at least one selected from the group consisting of platinum catalysts, rhodium catalysts, and tin catalysts.  請求項1又は2に記載の形成剤における前記第1剤及び前記第2剤が、別々の容器に内包されている、又は2つ以上の区画を有する容器の各区画内に別々に内包されている、キット。 A kit in which the first agent and the second agent in the forming agent according to claim 1 or 2 are contained in separate containers, or are contained separately in each compartment of a container having two or more compartments.  請求項1又は2に記載の形成剤の使用方法であって、
 前記第1剤を体表に適用して第1剤層を形成した後に、該第1剤層上に前記第2剤を適用して架橋させ、厚さが50μm以上の皮膜を形成する、
 前記第2剤を体表に適用して第2剤層を形成した後に、該第2剤層上に前記第1剤を適用して架橋させ、厚さが50μm以上の皮膜を形成する、又は、
 前記第1剤及び前記第2剤を混合して混合物を調製した後に、該混合物を体表に適用して架橋させ、厚さが50μm以上の皮膜を形成する、
使用方法。
A method for using the forming agent according to claim 1 or 2, comprising the steps of:
After the first agent is applied to the body surface to form a first agent layer, the second agent is applied on the first agent layer and crosslinked to form a film having a thickness of 50 μm or more.
The second agent is applied to the body surface to form a second agent layer, and then the first agent is applied on the second agent layer and crosslinked to form a film having a thickness of 50 μm or more; or
After preparing a mixture by mixing the first agent and the second agent, the mixture is applied to a body surface to be crosslinked, thereby forming a film having a thickness of 50 μm or more.
How to use.
 前記第1剤及び/又は前記第2剤が、粉末、不飽和オルガノポリシロキサン及びシリコーン系界面活性剤の混合物を含む、
 請求項1に記載の形成剤。
The first agent and/or the second agent comprises a mixture of a powder, an unsaturated organopolysiloxane, and a silicone surfactant;
The forming agent according to claim 1 .
 前記粉末が、前記顔料級粒子を含む、
 請求項14に記載の形成剤。
The powder comprises the pigment-grade particles.
The forming agent according to claim 14.
 請求項14に記載の形成剤を含む化粧料であって、
 前記粉末、前記不飽和オルガノポリシロキサン及び前記シリコーン系界面活性剤の合計100質量部に対し、10質量部以上60質量部以下の前記粉末を含む、
 化粧料。
A cosmetic comprising the forming agent according to claim 14,
The powder is contained in an amount of 10 parts by mass or more and 60 parts by mass or less relative to a total of 100 parts by mass of the powder, the unsaturated organopolysiloxane, and the silicone-based surfactant.
Cosmetics.
 粉末、不飽和オルガノポリシロキサン、及びシリコーン系界面活性剤を含み、
 前記粉末、前記不飽和オルガノポリシロキサン及び前記シリコーン系界面活性剤の合計100質量部に対し、10質量部以上60質量部以下の前記粉末を含む、
 化粧料。
powder, an unsaturated organopolysiloxane, and a silicone surfactant,
The powder is contained in an amount of 10 parts by mass or more and 60 parts by mass or less relative to a total of 100 parts by mass of the powder, the unsaturated organopolysiloxane, and the silicone-based surfactant.
Cosmetics.
 前記化粧料の質量に対し、25質量%以上の前記粉末を含む、
 請求項16又は請求項17に記載の化粧料。
The cosmetic contains 25% by mass or more of the powder relative to the mass of the cosmetic.
The cosmetic material according to claim 16 or 17.
 前記粉末、前記不飽和オルガノポリシロキサン及び前記シリコーン系界面活性剤の合計100質量部に対し、1.0質量部以上20質量部以下の前記シリコーン系界面活性剤を含む、
 請求項16又は請求項17に記載の化粧料。
The silicone surfactant is contained in an amount of 1.0 part by mass or more and 20 parts by mass or less relative to a total of 100 parts by mass of the powder, the unsaturated organopolysiloxane, and the silicone surfactant.
The cosmetic material according to claim 16 or 17.
 前記化粧料の質量に対する水の質量の割合が、50質量%未満である、
 請求項16又は請求項17に記載の化粧料。
The ratio of the mass of water to the mass of the cosmetic is less than 50% by mass.
The cosmetic material according to claim 16 or 17.
PCT/JP2024/039815 2023-11-17 2024-11-08 Coating-type film-forming agent, kit including said forming agent, and method of using said forming agent Pending WO2025105304A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2023-196139 2023-11-17
JP2023196139 2023-11-17

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2025105304A1 true WO2025105304A1 (en) 2025-05-22

Family

ID=95743047

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2024/039815 Pending WO2025105304A1 (en) 2023-11-17 2024-11-08 Coating-type film-forming agent, kit including said forming agent, and method of using said forming agent

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2025105304A1 (en)

Citations (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH10338616A (en) * 1997-06-09 1998-12-22 Kao Corp Cosmetics
US20140010769A1 (en) * 2012-04-18 2014-01-09 Joseph Lomakin Color correcting compositions and methods of use thereof
US20170189317A1 (en) * 2015-12-31 2017-07-06 L'oreal Compositions and methods for improving the appearance of the skin
JP2017160126A (en) * 2016-03-07 2017-09-14 株式会社ファンケル Water-in-oil emulsion cosmetic
WO2018143061A1 (en) * 2017-02-02 2018-08-09 信越化学工業株式会社 Unevenness correction cosmetic
WO2022124079A1 (en) * 2020-12-07 2022-06-16 株式会社 資生堂 Oil-in-water type emulsion composition containing platinum catalyst and method of using same
WO2022215531A1 (en) * 2021-04-07 2022-10-13 株式会社 資生堂 Oil-in-water composition for second agent for coating-type body corrective film formation agent
JP2023535547A (en) * 2020-06-23 2023-08-18 ユニリーバー・アイピー・ホールディングス・ベスローテン・ヴェンノーツハップ Cosmetic composition for improving skin appearance
JP2023155927A (en) * 2022-04-12 2023-10-24 ポーラ化成工業株式会社 cosmetics

Patent Citations (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH10338616A (en) * 1997-06-09 1998-12-22 Kao Corp Cosmetics
US20140010769A1 (en) * 2012-04-18 2014-01-09 Joseph Lomakin Color correcting compositions and methods of use thereof
US20170189317A1 (en) * 2015-12-31 2017-07-06 L'oreal Compositions and methods for improving the appearance of the skin
JP2017160126A (en) * 2016-03-07 2017-09-14 株式会社ファンケル Water-in-oil emulsion cosmetic
WO2018143061A1 (en) * 2017-02-02 2018-08-09 信越化学工業株式会社 Unevenness correction cosmetic
JP2023535547A (en) * 2020-06-23 2023-08-18 ユニリーバー・アイピー・ホールディングス・ベスローテン・ヴェンノーツハップ Cosmetic composition for improving skin appearance
WO2022124079A1 (en) * 2020-12-07 2022-06-16 株式会社 資生堂 Oil-in-water type emulsion composition containing platinum catalyst and method of using same
WO2022215531A1 (en) * 2021-04-07 2022-10-13 株式会社 資生堂 Oil-in-water composition for second agent for coating-type body corrective film formation agent
JP2023155927A (en) * 2022-04-12 2023-10-24 ポーラ化成工業株式会社 cosmetics

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6639052B2 (en) Cosmetic powder for adjusting oil
JP6826534B2 (en) Film-forming agent and cosmetic composition and cosmetic using it
JP5695828B2 (en) Cosmetic composition, method for improving the aesthetic appearance of skin and cosmetic kit
US8597628B2 (en) Cosmetic water-in-oil emulsion compositions
JP5101994B2 (en) Oily salmon cosmetic
WO2009150846A1 (en) Cosmetic
CN106170280A (en) Including with the cosmetic composition of the polymer of carbon siloxanes dendritic macromole unit and expanded polymer particles
JP2008248256A (en) Polyether siloxane copolymer network structure composition
JP7720830B2 (en) Composition for forming artificial skin and method of using same
US20240156692A1 (en) Oil-in-water composition for second agent for coating-type body corrective film formation agent
JP2021501192A (en) A composition having a satin luster effect that gives brightness, including particles of cellulose, boron nitride and a pearl brightener exhibiting satin luster.
WO2022215533A1 (en) Second agent of coating-type body corrective film-forming agent comprising first and second agents, and lubricant layer-forming agent to be applied to body corrective film
JP5558669B2 (en) Water-in-oil emulsified makeup cosmetics
JP5769913B2 (en) Water-in-oil emulsified makeup cosmetics
JP2005041795A (en) Oily cosmetic for unevenness correction
CN118302145A (en) Cosmetic water-in-oil emulsion comprising a specific water-soluble UV screening agent, a base, a volatile oil, a hydrophobic film-forming polymer, a polyoxyalkylene-alkylated linear polydimethylsiloxane and vitamin B3
CN112716816B (en) Cosmetic product and cosmetic method
JP2021165264A (en) Makeup application method
WO2025105304A1 (en) Coating-type film-forming agent, kit including said forming agent, and method of using said forming agent
JP7739294B2 (en) Primer for applied body correction film and method of use
JP2018168133A (en) Eyelash cosmetic
JP2025119949A (en) Cosmetic and application-type film-forming cosmetic containing said cosmetic
WO2024090246A1 (en) Lip application-type film-forming agent and method for using said film-forming agent
WO2024154597A1 (en) Oil-in-water composition for second agent of coating-type film-forming agent
JP2021165263A (en) Makeup application method

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 24891340

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1